[docs] Added existing erpnext manual
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/customer-portal/issues.md b/erpnext/docs/user/customer-portal/issues.md
deleted file mode 100644
index abf4662..0000000
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/customer-portal/issues.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-The customer portal makes it very easy for a customer to raise concerns. A
-simple and intuitive interface facilitates your customer to report their
-concerns as Issues. They can view the complete thread of their
-conversation.
-
-#### Empty Ticket List
-
-![Ticket List](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/portal-ticket-list-empty.png)
-
-#### New Issue
-
-![New Ticket](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/portal-new-ticket.png)
-
-#### Open Issue
-
-![Open Issue](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/portal-ticket-1.png)
-
-#### Reply on Issue
-
-![Reply Issue](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/portal-ticket-reply.png)
-
-{next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/customer-portal/sign-up.md b/erpnext/docs/user/customer-portal/sign-up.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c54617..0000000
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/customer-portal/sign-up.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-Customers have to log-in to the Company Website, and sign-up as a customer.
-
-#### Step 1: Click on Login Icon
-
-![Sign Up](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/customer-portal-sign-up-1.png)
-
-  
-
-#### Step 2: Click on Sign Up Icon
-
-![Sign Up](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/customer-portal-sign-up-2.png)
-
-  
-
-#### Step 3: Enter Customer Name and ID
-
-![Sign Up](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/customer-portal-sign-up-3.png)
-
-After the sign up process, a mail will be sent to the customers email id with
-the password details.
-
-{next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/CRM/.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/CRM/.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/CRM/.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/CRM/.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/CRM/contact.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/CRM/contact.md
similarity index 73%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/CRM/contact.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/CRM/contact.md
index b985a31..0294431 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/CRM/contact.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/CRM/contact.md
@@ -5,12 +5,12 @@
 
 > CRM > Contact > New
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Contact" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/crm/contact.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Contact" src="assets/img/crm/contact.png">
 
 Or you can add a Contact or Address directly from the Customer record, click on “New
 Contact” or “New Address”.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Contact" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/crm/contact-from-cust.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Contact" src="assets/img/crm/contact-from-cust.png">
 
 > Tip: When you select a Customer in any transaction, one Contact and Address
 gets pre-selected. This is the “Default Contact or Address”.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/CRM/customer.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/CRM/customer.md
similarity index 96%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/CRM/customer.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/CRM/customer.md
index 664e516..c45cfcf 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/CRM/customer.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/CRM/customer.md
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 
 or upload it via the Data Import Tool.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Customer" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/crm/customer.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Customer" src="assets/img/crm/customer.png">
 
 > Note: Customers are separate from Contacts and Addresses. A Customer can
 have multiple Contacts and Addresses.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/CRM/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/CRM/index.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/CRM/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/CRM/index.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/CRM/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/CRM/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/CRM/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/CRM/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/CRM/lead.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/CRM/lead.md
similarity index 95%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/CRM/lead.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/CRM/lead.md
index cb06eee..b545ca3 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/CRM/lead.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/CRM/lead.md
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 
 > Selling > Lead > New Lead
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Lead" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/crm/lead.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Lead" src="assets/img/crm/lead.png">
 
 ERPNext gives you a lot of options you may want to store about your Leads. For
 example what is the source, how likely are they to give you business etc. If
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/CRM/newsletter.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/CRM/newsletter.md
similarity index 77%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/CRM/newsletter.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/CRM/newsletter.md
index d32efb0..c2c9718 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/CRM/newsletter.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/CRM/newsletter.md
@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@
 document before testing. A test email will be sent to your email id. You can
 send the email to all the intended receipients by clicking on the send button.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Newsletter - New" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/crm/newsletter-new.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Newsletter - New" src="assets/img/crm/newsletter-new.png">
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Newsletter - Test" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/crm/newsletter-test.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Newsletter - Test" src="assets/img/crm/newsletter-test.png">
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/CRM/opportunity.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/CRM/opportunity.md
similarity index 82%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/CRM/opportunity.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/CRM/opportunity.md
index fc533bb..4134168 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/CRM/opportunity.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/CRM/opportunity.md
@@ -9,13 +9,13 @@
 
 #### Figure 1: Create Opportunity 
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Opportunity" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/crm/opportunity.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Opportunity" src="assets/img/crm/opportunity.png">
 
 You can also open a “Open” Lead and click on “Create Opportunity” button.
 
 #### Figure 2: Create Opportunity from an open Lead
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Opportunity" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/crm/lead-to-opportunity.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Opportunity" src="assets/img/crm/lead-to-opportunity.png">
 
 An Opportunity can also come from an existing Customer. You can create
 multiple Opportunities against the same Lead. In Opportunity, apart from the
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/CRM/setup/campaign.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/CRM/setup/campaign.md
similarity index 63%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/CRM/setup/campaign.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/CRM/setup/campaign.md
index 801beb0..6b45512 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/CRM/setup/campaign.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/CRM/setup/campaign.md
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 product or a service. This is done in a market segment of a particular
 geographical area, to achieve specified objectives.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Campaign" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/crm/campaign.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Campaign" src="assets/img/crm/campaign.png">
 
 You can track [Lead](/contents/crm/lead), [Opportunity](/contents/crm/opportunity), [Quotation](/contents/selling/quotation) against a campaign.
 
@@ -10,11 +10,11 @@
 
 * To track a 'Lead' against a campaign select 'View Leads'.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Campaign - View Leads" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/crm/campaign-view-leads.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Campaign - View Leads" src="assets/img/crm/campaign-view-leads.png">
 
 * You shall get a filtered list of all leads made against that campaign.
 * You can also create new leads by clicking 'New'
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Campaign - New Lead" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/crm/campaign-new-lead.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Campaign - New Lead" src="assets/img/crm/campaign-new-lead.png">
 
 {next}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/CRM/setup/customer-group.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/CRM/setup/customer-group.md
similarity index 68%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/CRM/setup/customer-group.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/CRM/setup/customer-group.md
index 4a023bf..2bbc533 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/CRM/setup/customer-group.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/CRM/setup/customer-group.md
@@ -3,12 +3,12 @@
 group. Typically Customers are grouped by market segment (that is usually
 based on your domain).
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Customer Group Tree" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/crm/customer-group-tree.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Customer Group Tree" src="assets/img/crm/customer-group-tree.png">
 
 > Tip: If you think all this is too much effort, you can leave it at “Default
 Customer Group”. But all this effort, will pay off when you start getting
 reports. An example of a sample report is given below:
 
-![Sales Analytics](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/sales-analytics-customer.png)
+![Sales Analytics](assets/old_images/erpnext/sales-analytics-customer.png)
 
 {next}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/CRM/setup/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/CRM/setup/index.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/CRM/setup/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/CRM/setup/index.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/CRM/setup/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/CRM/setup/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/CRM/setup/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/CRM/setup/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/CRM/setup/sales-person.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/CRM/setup/sales-person.md
similarity index 83%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/CRM/setup/sales-person.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/CRM/setup/sales-person.md
index aca6975..93dfb63 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/CRM/setup/sales-person.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/CRM/setup/sales-person.md
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 individually. Again as in Territory, the target has to be set against Item
 Group.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Sales Person Tree" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/crm/sales-person-tree.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Sales Person Tree" src="assets/img/crm/sales-person-tree.png">
 
 ####Sales Person in Transactions
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/accounting-entries.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/accounting-entries.md
similarity index 89%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/accounts/accounting-entries.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/accounting-entries.md
index 4615d4b..0514009 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/accounting-entries.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/accounting-entries.md
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 
   * Mama (The Tea-stall owner) invests Rs 25000 to start the business.
 
-![A&L](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/assets-1.png)
+![A&L](assets/old_images/erpnext/assets-1.png)
 
 __Analysis:__ Mama invested 25000 in company, hoping to get some profit. In other
 words, company is liable to pay 25000 to Mama in the future. So, account
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 
   * The company needs equipments (Stove, teapot, cups etc) and raw materials (tea, sugar, milk etc) immediately. He decides to buy from the nearest general store "Super Bazaar" who is a friend so that he gets some credit. Equipments cost him 2800 and raw materials worth of 2200. He pays 2000 out of total cost 5000.
 
-![A&L](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/assets-2.png)
+![A&L](assets/old_images/erpnext/assets-2.png)
 
 __Analysis:__ Equipments are "Fixed Assets" (because they have a long life) of the
 company and raw materials "Current Assets" (since they are used for day-to-day
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 
   * Mama (who takes care of all entries) decides to book sales at the end of the every day, so that he can analyze daily sales. At the end of the very first day, the tea stall sells 325 cups of tea, which gives net sales of Rs. 1575. The owner happily books his first day sales.
 
-![A&L](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/assets-3.png)
+![A&L](assets/old_images/erpnext/assets-3.png)
 
 __Analysis:__ Income has been booked in "Sales of Tea" account which has been
 credited to increase the value and the same amount will be debited to "Cash"
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 At the end of the month, the company paid the rent amount of stall (5000) and
 salary of one employee (8000), who joined from the very first day.
 
-![A&L](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/assets-4.png)
+![A&L](assets/old_images/erpnext/assets-4.png)
 
 ### Booking Profit
 
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
 Sheet is not balanced i.e. Debit is not equal to Credit, the profit has not
 yet been booked. To book profit, the following entry has to be made:
 
-![A&L](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/assets-5.png)
+![A&L](assets/old_images/erpnext/assets-5.png)
 
 Explanation: Company's net sales and expenses are 40000 and 20000
 respectively. So, company made a profit of 20000. To make the profit booking
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/accounting-reports.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/accounting-reports.md
similarity index 72%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/accounts/accounting-reports.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/accounting-reports.md
index d8557b9..a7e401a 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/accounting-reports.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/accounting-reports.md
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 done in that period for that Account.
 
 <img alt="General Ledger" class="screenshot"
-    src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/general-ledger.png">
+    src="assets/img/accounts/general-ledger.png">
 
 ### Trial Balance
 
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
   * Credits
   * Closing
 
-<img alt="Trial Balance" class="screenshot" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/trial-balance.png">
+<img alt="Trial Balance" class="screenshot" src="assets/img/accounts/trial-balance.png">
 
 The sum of all closing balances in a Trial Balance must be zero.
 
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
 Suppliers. In this report, you will get your outstanding amounts period wise.
 i.e. between 0-30 days, 30-60 days and so on.
 
-<img alt="Accounts Receivable" class="screenshot" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/accounts-receivable.png">
+<img alt="Accounts Receivable" class="screenshot" src="assets/img/accounts/accounts-receivable.png">
 
 ### Sales and Purchase Register
 
@@ -38,6 +38,6 @@
 invoice Item, you will get the amount of individual tax that has been paid,
 based on the Taxes and Charges table.
 
-<img alt="Sales Register" class="screenshot" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/sales-register.png">
+<img alt="Sales Register" class="screenshot" src="assets/img/accounts/sales-register.png">
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/advance-payment-entry.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/advance-payment-entry.md
similarity index 86%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/accounts/advance-payment-entry.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/advance-payment-entry.md
index 1506be7..72b7e5e 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/advance-payment-entry.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/advance-payment-entry.md
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
 
 #### Figure 1 : Journal Entry -Advance Entry  
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Advace Payment" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/advance-payment-1.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Advace Payment" src="assets/img/accounts/advance-payment-1.png">
 
 ### Double Entry Accounting  
 
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
   
 #### Figure 2: Transaction and Difference Entry
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Advace Payment" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/advance-payment-2.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Advace Payment" src="assets/img/accounts/advance-payment-2.png">
 
 Save and submit the JV. If this document is not saved it will not be pulled in
 other accounting documents.
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
 
 #### Figure 3: Receive Advance 
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Advace Payment" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/advance-payment-3.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Advace Payment" src="assets/img/accounts/advance-payment-3.png">
 
 Save and submit the Sales Invoice.
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/budgeting.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/budgeting.md
similarity index 76%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/accounts/budgeting.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/budgeting.md
index e38ec9c..292fd9e 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/budgeting.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/budgeting.md
@@ -16,13 +16,13 @@
 
 #### Step 1: Click on Edit.
 
-![](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/budgeting-1.png)  
+![](assets/old_images/erpnext/budgeting-1.png)  
 
-<img alt="Accounts Receivable" class="screenshot" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/accounts-receivable.png">
+<img alt="Accounts Receivable" class="screenshot" src="assets/img/accounts/accounts-receivable.png">
 
 #### Step 2: Enter Monthly Distribution.
 
-![](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/budgeting-2-1.png)
+![](assets/old_images/erpnext/budgeting-2-1.png)
 
 
 If you leave the** **distribution ID blank, ERPNext will calculate on a yearly
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
 
 
 
-![](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/budgeting-3.png)  
+![](assets/old_images/erpnext/budgeting-3.png)  
 
 
 
@@ -41,13 +41,13 @@
 ERPNext allows you to take a few budget actions. It signifies whether to stop
 , warn or Ignore  if you exceed budgets.  
 
-![](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/budgeting-4.png)
+![](assets/old_images/erpnext/budgeting-4.png)
 
 
 
 These can be defined from the Company record.
 
-![](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/budgeting-4-1.png)  
+![](assets/old_images/erpnext/budgeting-4-1.png)  
 
 
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/chart-of-accounts.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/chart-of-accounts.md
similarity index 90%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/accounts/chart-of-accounts.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/chart-of-accounts.md
index 644d329..67735bc 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/chart-of-accounts.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/chart-of-accounts.md
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 Financial statement of your company is easily viewable in ERPNext. An Example
 of a financial statement is given below:
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Financial Analytics Balance Sheet" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/financial-analytics-bl.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Financial Analytics Balance Sheet" src="assets/img/accounts/financial-analytics-bl.png">
 
 To edit your Chart of Accounts in ERPNext go to:
 
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 Let us understand the main groups of the Chart of Accounts.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Chart of Accounts" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/chart-of-accounts-1.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Chart of Accounts" src="assets/img/accounts/chart-of-accounts-1.png">
 
 ### Balance Sheet Accounts
 
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
 In ERPNext it is easy to create a Profit and Loss analysis chart. An example
 of a Profit and Loss analysis chart is given below:
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Financial Analytics Profit and Loss Statement" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/financial-analytics-pl.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Financial Analytics Profit and Loss Statement" src="assets/img/accounts/financial-analytics-pl.png">
 
 (On the first day of the year you have not made any profit or loss, but you
 still have assets, hence balance sheet accounts never become zero at the
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
 
 > Note: An Account “Ledger” is also sometimes called as Account “Head”.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Chart of Accounts" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/chart-of-accounts-2.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Chart of Accounts" src="assets/img/accounts/chart-of-accounts-2.png">
 
 ### Other Account Types
 
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
 group under which you want to create the new Account. On the right side, you
 will see an option to “Open” or “Add Child” a new Account.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Chart of Accounts" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/chart-of-accounts-3.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Chart of Accounts" src="assets/img/accounts/chart-of-accounts-3.png">
 
 Option to create will only appear if you click on a Group (folder) type
 Account.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/credit-limit.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/credit-limit.md
similarity index 81%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/accounts/credit-limit.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/credit-limit.md
index 292c12b..1ab5e4d 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/credit-limit.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/credit-limit.md
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
   
 #### Figure 1: Credit Limit
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Credit Limit" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/credit-limit-1.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Credit Limit" src="assets/img/accounts/credit-limit-1.png">
 
 Go to the 'More Info section' and enter the amount in the field Credit Limit.
 
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
   
 #### Figure 2: Credit Controller
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Credit Limit" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/credit-limit-2.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Credit Limit" src="assets/img/accounts/credit-limit-2.png">
 
 Save the changes.
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/index.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/accounts/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/index.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/accounts/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/item-wise-tax.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/item-wise-tax.md
similarity index 84%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/accounts/item-wise-tax.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/item-wise-tax.md
index 5bba9c7..b0edc81 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/item-wise-tax.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/item-wise-tax.md
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 
 Item master has tax table where you can list taxes which will be applied on it.
 
-![Item wise Tax](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/item-wise-tax.png)
+![Item wise Tax](assets/old_images/erpnext/item-wise-tax.png)
 
 Tax rate mentioned in the item master gets preference over tax rate entered in the transactions. 
 
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
 
 For example, if few items has VAT 5 applied on them, other has Service Tax applied, and some other has Excise Duty applicable, then you tax master should have all these taxes selected.
 
-![item wise tax master](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/item-wise-tax-master.png)
+![item wise tax master](assets/old_images/erpnext/item-wise-tax-master.png)
 
 ####Step 3: Set Tax Rate as Zero in Taxes and Charges Template
 
@@ -25,6 +25,6 @@
 
 Based on the above setting, you will have taxes applied on items as mentioned in the respective item master. Check following for an instance.
 
-![item wise tax calculation](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/item-wise-tax-calc.png)
+![item wise tax calculation](assets/old_images/erpnext/item-wise-tax-calc.png)
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/journal-entry.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/journal-entry.md
similarity index 95%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/accounts/journal-entry.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/journal-entry.md
index 7e1aee7..5807f93 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/journal-entry.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/journal-entry.md
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 
 > Accounts > Documents > Journal Entry > New
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Journal Entry" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/journal-entry.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Journal Entry" src="assets/img/accounts/journal-entry.png">
 
 In a Journal Entry, you must select.
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/making-payments.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/making-payments.md
similarity index 93%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/accounts/making-payments.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/making-payments.md
index 763f422..2e7fc67 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/making-payments.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/making-payments.md
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
   3. Enter the cheque number, cheque date.
   4. Save and Submit.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Manking Payment" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/make-payment.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Manking Payment" src="assets/img/accounts/make-payment.png">
 
 Payments can also be made independent of invoices by creating a new Journal
 Voucher and selecting the type of payment.
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 
 ### Example Payment Journal Entry
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Manking Payment" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/new-bank-entry.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Manking Payment" src="assets/img/accounts/new-bank-entry.png">
 
 * * *
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/multi-currency-accounting.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/multi-currency-accounting.md
similarity index 84%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/accounts/multi-currency-accounting.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/multi-currency-accounting.md
index 7a43b5b..d0e0db8 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/multi-currency-accounting.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/multi-currency-accounting.md
@@ -4,15 +4,15 @@
 
 To get started with multi-currency accounting, you need to assign accounting currency in Account record. You can define Currency from Chart of Accounts while creating Account.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Set Currency from Chart of Accounts"  	src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/multi-currency/chart-of-accounts.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Set Currency from Chart of Accounts"  	src="assets/img/accounts/multi-currency/chart-of-accounts.png">
 
 You can also assign / modify the currency by opening specific Account record for existing Accounts.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Modify Account Currency"  	src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/multi-currency/account.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Modify Account Currency"  	src="assets/img/accounts/multi-currency/account.png">
 
 For Customer / Supplier (Party), you can also define it's accounting currency in the Party record. If the Party's accounting currency is different from Company Currency, you have to mention Default Receivable / Payable Account in that currency.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Customer Accounting Currency"  	src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/multi-currency/customer.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Customer Accounting Currency"  	src="assets/img/accounts/multi-currency/customer.png">
 
 
 Once you defined Accounting Currency in Party / Account record, you are ready to make transactions against them. If Party's accounting currency is different from Company Currency, system will restrict to make transaction for that party with that currency only. If accounting currency is same as Company Currency, you can make transactions for that Party in any currency. But accounting entries (GL Entries) will always be in Party's Accounting Currency. In any case, currency of Receivable Account will always be same as accounting currency of the Party.
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
 
 Outstanding Amount and Advance Amount will always be calculated and shown in Customer's Account Currency.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Sales Invoice Outstanding"  	src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/multi-currency/sales-invoice.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Sales Invoice Outstanding"  	src="assets/img/accounts/multi-currency/sales-invoice.png">
 
 ### Purchase Invoice
 
@@ -41,14 +41,14 @@
 
 In Journal Entry, you can make transactions in different currencies. There is a checkbox "Multi Currency", to enable multi-currency entries. If "Multi Currency" option selected, you will be able to select accounts with different currencies.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Journal Entry Exchange Rate"  	src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/multi-currency/journal-entry-multi-currency.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Journal Entry Exchange Rate"  	src="assets/img/accounts/multi-currency/journal-entry-multi-currency.png">
 
  
 In Accounts table, on selection of foreign currency account, system will show Currency section and fetch Account Currency and Exchange Rate automatically. You can change / modify the Exchange Rate later manually.
 
 In a single Journal Entry, you can select accounts with only one alternate currency, apart from accounts in Company Currency. Debit / Credit amount should be entered in Account Currency, system will calculate and show the Debit / Credit amount in Company Currency automatically.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Journal Entry in multi currency"  	src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/multi-currency/journal-entry-row.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Journal Entry in multi currency"  	src="assets/img/accounts/multi-currency/journal-entry-row.png">
 
 #### Example 1: Payment Entry  Against Customer With Alternate Currency
 
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
 
 Exchange Rate in the payment entry should always be same as invoice (60), even if exchange rate on the payment date is 62. The bank account will be credited by the amount considering exchange rate as 62. Hence, Exchnage Gain / Loss will be booked based on exchange rate difference.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Payment Entry"  	src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/multi-currency/payment-entry.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Payment Entry"  	src="assets/img/accounts/multi-currency/payment-entry.png">
 
 #### Example 2: Inter-bank Transfer (USD -> INR)
 
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@
 
 Suppose, Exchange Rate on the payment date is 62 and Bank Transfer Entry will be look like below:
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Inter Bank Transfer"  	src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/multi-currency/bank-transfer.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Inter Bank Transfer"  	src="assets/img/accounts/multi-currency/bank-transfer.png">
 
 
 ## Reports
@@ -110,10 +110,10 @@
 
 In General Ledger, system shows debit / credit amount in both currency if filtered by an Account and Account Currency is different from Company Currency.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="General Ledger Report"  	src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/multi-currency/general-ledger.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="General Ledger Report"  	src="assets/img/accounts/multi-currency/general-ledger.png">
 
 ### Accounts Receivable / Payable
 
 In Accounts Receivable / Payable report, system shows all the amounts in Party / Account Currency.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Accounts Receivable Report"  	src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/multi-currency/accounts-receivable.png">
\ No newline at end of file
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Accounts Receivable Report"  	src="assets/img/accounts/multi-currency/accounts-receivable.png">
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/opening-accounts.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/opening-accounts.md
similarity index 89%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/accounts/opening-accounts.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/opening-accounts.md
index a6c0c77..42b7e1d 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/opening-accounts.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/opening-accounts.md
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
 
 You can select accounts based on the voucher type. In such a scenario, your balance sheet should be balanced.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Opening Account" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/opening-account-1.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Opening Account" src="assets/img/accounts/opening-account-1.png">
 
  Also, note that if there are more than 300 ledgers, the system will crash. Thus to avoid such a situation, you can open accounts by using temporary accounts.
 
@@ -46,16 +46,16 @@
 
 Complete Journal Entries on the Debit and Credit side.
 
-![Opening Entry](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/opening-entry-1.png)
+![Opening Entry](assets/old_images/erpnext/opening-entry-1.png)
 
  To update opening balance is to make Journal Entry for an individual/group of accounts.
 
 For example, if you want to update balance in three bank accounts, then make Journal Entrys in this manner.
 
-![Opening Temp Entry](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/image-temp-opening.png)
+![Opening Temp Entry](assets/old_images/erpnext/image-temp-opening.png)
 
 
-![Opening Entry](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/opening-entry-2.png)
+![Opening Entry](assets/old_images/erpnext/opening-entry-2.png)
 
 Temporary Asset and Liability account is used for balancing purpose. When you update opening balance in Liability Account, you can use Temporary Asset Account for balancing.
 
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 like the one given below:
 
 
-![Trial Balance](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/trial-balance-1.png)
+![Trial Balance](assets/old_images/erpnext/trial-balance-1.png)
 
 #### Outstanding Invoices
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/opening-entry.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/opening-entry.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/accounts/opening-entry.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/opening-entry.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/point-of-sale-pos-invoice.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/point-of-sale-pos-invoice.md
similarity index 94%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/accounts/point-of-sale-pos-invoice.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/point-of-sale-pos-invoice.md
index c95351c..9599b92 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/point-of-sale-pos-invoice.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/point-of-sale-pos-invoice.md
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 
 **Barcode / Serial No** \- A Barcode / Serial No is an optical machine-readable representation of data relating to the object to which it is attached. Enter Barcode / Serial No in the box as shown in the image below and pause for a second, the item will be automatically added to the cart.
 
-![POS](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/pos-add-item.png)
+![POS](assets/old_images/erpnext/pos-add-item.png)
 
 > Tip: To change the quantity of an Item, enter your desired quantity in the
 quantity box. These are mostly used if the same Item is purchased in bulk.
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
 
 > Delete button appears only when Items are selected.
 
-![POS](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/pos-remove-item.png)
+![POS](assets/old_images/erpnext/pos-remove-item.png)
 
 ### Make Payment
 
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
   2. Select your “Mode of Payment”.
   3. Click on “Pay” button to Save the document.
 
-![POS Payment](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/pos-make-payment.png)
+![POS Payment](assets/old_images/erpnext/pos-make-payment.png)
 
 Submit the document to finalise the record. After the document is submitted,
 you can either print or email it directly to the customer.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/purchase-invoice.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/purchase-invoice.md
similarity index 95%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/accounts/purchase-invoice.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/purchase-invoice.md
index ba7d270..be01e2e 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/purchase-invoice.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/purchase-invoice.md
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 
 or click on “Make Purchase Invoice” in Purchase Order or Purchase Receipt.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Purchase Invoice" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/purchase-invoice.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Purchase Invoice" src="assets/img/accounts/purchase-invoice.png">
 
 The concept of “Posting Date” is again same as Sales Invoice. “Bill No” and
 “Bill Date” helps to track the bill number as set by your Supplier for
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/sales-invoice.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/sales-invoice.md
similarity index 96%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/accounts/sales-invoice.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/sales-invoice.md
index 4b6c70a..7ff5ac2 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/sales-invoice.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/sales-invoice.md
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 
 or Click on Make Invoice at the right hand corner of the Delivery Note.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Sales Invoice" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/sales-invoice.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Sales Invoice" src="assets/img/accounts/sales-invoice.png">
 
 #### Accounting Impact
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/setup/accounts-settings.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/setup/accounts-settings.md
similarity index 78%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/accounts/setup/accounts-settings.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/setup/accounts-settings.md
index e1f0d11..d7183d8 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/setup/accounts-settings.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/setup/accounts-settings.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Account Settings" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/account-settings.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Account Settings" src="assets/img/accounts/account-settings.png">
 
 * Accounts Frozen Upto: Freeze accounting transactions upto specified date, nobody can make / modify entry except specified role.
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/setup/cost-center.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/setup/cost-center.md
similarity index 93%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/accounts/setup/cost-center.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/setup/cost-center.md
index d433fe4..3a81a5f 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/setup/cost-center.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/setup/cost-center.md
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
 
 > Accounts > Setup > Chart of Cost Centers
 
-![Chart of Cost Center](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/chart-of-cost-centers.png)
+![Chart of Cost Center](assets/old_images/erpnext/chart-of-cost-centers.png)
 
 Cost centers help you in one more activity, budgeting.
 
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
 
 > Accounts > Setup > Budget Distribution > New Budget Distribution
 
-![Budget Distribution](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/budgeting.png)
+![Budget Distribution](assets/old_images/erpnext/budgeting.png)
 
 #### Budget Actions
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/setup/fiscal-year.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/setup/fiscal-year.md
similarity index 92%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/accounts/setup/fiscal-year.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/setup/fiscal-year.md
index b8cf34b..22824d3 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/setup/fiscal-year.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/setup/fiscal-year.md
@@ -18,6 +18,6 @@
 income will be for that year, and can adjust their expenses to maintain their
 desired profit margins.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Fiscal Year" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/fiscal-year.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Fiscal Year" src="assets/img/accounts/fiscal-year.png">
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/setup/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/setup/index.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/accounts/setup/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/setup/index.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/setup/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/setup/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/accounts/setup/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/setup/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/setup/tax-rule.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/setup/tax-rule.md
similarity index 72%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/accounts/setup/tax-rule.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/setup/tax-rule.md
index b183717..7d81bfc 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/setup/tax-rule.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/setup/tax-rule.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 You can define which [Tax Template](/contents/setting-up/setting-up-taxes) must be applied on a Sales / Purchase transaction using Tax Rule.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Tax Rule" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/tax-rule.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Tax Rule" src="assets/img/accounts/tax-rule.png">
 
 You can define Tax Rules for Sales or Purchase Taxes. 
 While making a Transaction the system will select and apply tax template based on the tax rule defined.
@@ -10,9 +10,9 @@
 
 Suppose we define 2 Tax Rules as below.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Tax Rule" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/tax-rule-1.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Tax Rule" src="assets/img/accounts/tax-rule-1.png">
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Tax Rule" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/tax-rule-2.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Tax Rule" src="assets/img/accounts/tax-rule-2.png">
 
 Here Tax Rule 1 has Billing Country as India and Tax Rule 2 has Billing Country as United Kingdom
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/tools/bank-reconciliation.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/tools/bank-reconciliation.md
similarity index 89%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/accounts/tools/bank-reconciliation.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/tools/bank-reconciliation.md
index 81c5e24..b9ab255 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/tools/bank-reconciliation.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/tools/bank-reconciliation.md
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 
 #### Figure 1: Bank Reconciliation Statement
 
-![](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/bank-reconciliation-2.png)  
+![](assets/old_images/erpnext/bank-reconciliation-2.png)  
 
   
 
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
 
 #### Figure 2: Bank Reconciliation Tool
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Bank Reconciliation" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/bank-reconciliation.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Bank Reconciliation" src="assets/img/accounts/bank-reconciliation.png">
 
 __Step 5:__ Click on the button 'Update Clearance Date'.
  
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/tools/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/tools/index.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/accounts/tools/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/tools/index.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/tools/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/tools/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/accounts/tools/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/tools/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/tools/payment-reconciliation.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/tools/payment-reconciliation.md
similarity index 89%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/accounts/tools/payment-reconciliation.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/tools/payment-reconciliation.md
index 1508923..de968fc 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/tools/payment-reconciliation.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/tools/payment-reconciliation.md
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 
 Accounts > Tools > Payment Reconciliation
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Payment Reconciliation" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/payment-reconcile-tool.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Payment Reconciliation" src="assets/img/accounts/payment-reconcile-tool.png">
 
 __Step 1:__ Select the Account against whom the payments need to be reconciled.
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/tools/payment-tool.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/tools/payment-tool.md
similarity index 80%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/accounts/tools/payment-tool.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/tools/payment-tool.md
index 9a60e46..0d3c12a 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/tools/payment-tool.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/tools/payment-tool.md
@@ -11,14 +11,14 @@
 6. Click on Get Outstanding Vouchers to fetch all the valid Vouchers, Invoices and Orders against which a payment can be made/received. These will appear in the Against Voucher section.
 	* __Note:__ In case User is paying a customer or receiving payment from a supplier, add the details regarding the relevant invoices and orders manually.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Payment Tool" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/payment-tool-1.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Payment Tool" src="assets/img/accounts/payment-tool-1.png">
 
 7. Once details have been fetched, click on the detail entry and enter the payment amount made against that Invoice/Order/Voucher
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Payment Tool" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/payment-tool-2.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Payment Tool" src="assets/img/accounts/payment-tool-2.png">
 
 8. Click on 'Make Journal Entry' to generate a new Journal Entry with the relevant Party Details and Credit/Debit details filled in.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Payment Tool" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/payment-tool-3.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Payment Tool" src="assets/img/accounts/payment-tool-3.png">
 	
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/tools/period-closing-voucher.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/tools/period-closing-voucher.md
similarity index 92%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/accounts/tools/period-closing-voucher.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/tools/period-closing-voucher.md
index 17e40c0..9a75ff4 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/accounts/tools/period-closing-voucher.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/accounts/tools/period-closing-voucher.md
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 
 **Closing Fiscal Year** will be an year for which you are closing your financial statement.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Period Closing Voucher" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/accounts/period-closing-voucher.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Period Closing Voucher" src="assets/img/accounts/period-closing-voucher.png">
 
 This voucher will transfer Profit or Loss (availed from P&L statment) to Closing Account Head. You should select a libility account like Reserves and Surplus, or Capital Fund account as Closing Account.
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/buying/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/buying/index.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/buying/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/buying/index.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/buying/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/buying/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/buying/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/buying/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/buying/purchase-order.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/buying/purchase-order.md
similarity index 90%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/buying/purchase-order.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/buying/purchase-order.md
index 29f6970..4577535 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/buying/purchase-order.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/buying/purchase-order.md
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 
 #### Purchase Order Flow Chart
 
-![Purchase Order](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/purchase-order-f.jpg)
+![Purchase Order](assets/old_images/erpnext/purchase-order-f.jpg)
 
 In ERPNext, you can also make a Purchase Order directly by going to:
 
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 
 #### Create Purchase Order
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Purchase Order" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/buying/purchase-order.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Purchase Order" src="assets/img/buying/purchase-order.png">
 
 Entering a Purchase Order is very similar to a Purchase Request, additionally
 you will have to set:
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 #### Figure 3: Conversion of Purchase UOM to stock UOM
 
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Purchase Order - UOM" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/buying/purchase-order-uom.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Purchase Order - UOM" src="assets/img/buying/purchase-order-uom.png">
 
 __Step 4:__ Mention the UOM conversion factor. For example, (100);If one box has
 100 pieces.  
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/buying/purchase-taxes.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/buying/purchase-taxes.md
similarity index 95%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/buying/purchase-taxes.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/buying/purchase-taxes.md
index e8b5de6..9ffacbe 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/buying/purchase-taxes.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/buying/purchase-taxes.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 > Buying > Setup > Purchase Taxes and Charges Template > New Purchase Taxes and Charges
 Master
 
-![Purchase-Taxes](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/purchase-taxes.png)
+![Purchase-Taxes](assets/old_images/erpnext/purchase-taxes.png)
 
   
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/buying/setup/buying-settings.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/buying/setup/buying-settings.md
similarity index 95%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/buying/setup/buying-settings.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/buying/setup/buying-settings.md
index 22fd888..9fc6973 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/buying/setup/buying-settings.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/buying/setup/buying-settings.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 Buying Settings is where you can define properties which will be applied in the Buying module's transactions. 
 
-![Buying Settings](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/buying/buying-settings.png)
+![Buying Settings](assets/img/buying/buying-settings.png)
 
 Let us look at the various options that can be configured:
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/buying/setup/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/buying/setup/index.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/buying/setup/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/buying/setup/index.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/buying/setup/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/buying/setup/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/buying/setup/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/buying/setup/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/buying/setup/supplier-type.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/buying/setup/supplier-type.md
similarity index 90%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/buying/setup/supplier-type.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/buying/setup/supplier-type.md
index 356d810..1792008 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/buying/setup/supplier-type.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/buying/setup/supplier-type.md
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 
 > Buying > Setup > Supplier Type > New Supplier Type
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Supplier Type" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/buying/supplier-type.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Supplier Type" src="assets/img/buying/supplier-type.png">
 
 You can classify your suppliers from a range of choice available in ERPNext.
 Choose from a set of given options like Distributor, Electrical,Hardware,
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/buying/supplier-quotation.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/buying/supplier-quotation.md
similarity index 84%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/buying/supplier-quotation.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/buying/supplier-quotation.md
index 8419e49..88ceb7c 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/buying/supplier-quotation.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/buying/supplier-quotation.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 #### Supplier Quotation Flow-Chart
 
-![Supplier Quotation](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/supplier-quotation-f.jpg)
+![Supplier Quotation](assets/old_images/erpnext/supplier-quotation-f.jpg)
 
 You can also make a Supplier Quotation directly from:
 
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
 
 #### Create Supplier Quotation
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Supplier Quotation" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/buying/supplier-quotation.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Supplier Quotation" src="assets/img/buying/supplier-quotation.png">
 
 If you have multiple Suppliers who supply you with the same Item, you
 usually send out a message (Request for Quote) to various Suppliers. In
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/buying/supplier.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/buying/supplier.md
similarity index 91%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/buying/supplier.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/buying/supplier.md
index e31955f..22cee73 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/buying/supplier.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/buying/supplier.md
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 
 > Buying > Documents > Supplier > New Supplier
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Supplier Master" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/buying/supplier-master.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Supplier Master" src="assets/img/buying/supplier-master.png">
 
 ### Contacts and Addresses
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/collaboration-tools/assignment.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/collaboration-tools/assignment.md
similarity index 78%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/collaboration-tools/assignment.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/collaboration-tools/assignment.md
index 51948ee..959f300 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/collaboration-tools/assignment.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/collaboration-tools/assignment.md
@@ -10,16 +10,16 @@
 
 Assign to option is located at the footer of document. Clicking on Assignment Icon on the tool bar will fast-forward you to footer of same document.
 
-![Assigned To Icon](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/assigned-to-icon.png)
+![Assigned To Icon](assets/old_images/erpnext/assigned-to-icon.png)
 
 
-![Assigned To](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/assigned-to.png)
+![Assigned To](assets/old_images/erpnext/assigned-to.png)
 
 #### Step 2: Assign to User
 
 In the Assign To section, you will find option to select User to whom this document will be assigned to. You can assign one document to multiple people at a time.
 
-![Assign User](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/assign-user.png)
+![Assign User](assets/old_images/erpnext/assign-user.png)
 
 With assignment, you can also leave a comment for the review of asignee.
 
@@ -27,13 +27,13 @@
 
 This transaction will appear in the To-do list of the ser in “Todo” section.
 
-![Assign Todo](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/assign-todo.png)
+![Assign Todo](assets/old_images/erpnext/assign-todo.png)
 
 ####Removing Assignment
 
 User will be able to remove assignment by clicking on "Assignment Completed" button in the document.
 
-![Assign Remove](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/assign-remove.png)
+![Assign Remove](assets/old_images/erpnext/assign-remove.png)
 
 Once assignment is set as completed, Status of its ToDo record will be set as Closed.
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/collaboration-tools/calendar.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/collaboration-tools/calendar.md
similarity index 75%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/collaboration-tools/calendar.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/collaboration-tools/calendar.md
index 9874eb9..27be7cf 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/collaboration-tools/calendar.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/collaboration-tools/calendar.md
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 
 This view will 24 hours of a day broken in various slots. You should click on slot for Event Start Time, and drag it down till you reach event end time.
 
-![Calender Event Manually](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/calender-event-manually.png)
+![Calender Event Manually](assets/old_images/erpnext/calender-event-manually.png)
 
 Based on the selection of time slot, Start Time and End Time will be updated in the Event master. Then you can set subject for an event, and save it.
 
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 
 In the Lead form, you will find a field called Next Contact By and Next Contact Date. Event will be auto created for date and person person specified in this field.
 
-![Calender Event Lead](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/calender-event-lead.png)
+![Calender Event Lead](assets/old_images/erpnext/calender-event-lead.png)
 
 ####Birthday Event
 
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
 You can set events as recurring in specific interval by Checking the "Repeat This
 Event".
 
-![Calender Event Recurring](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/calender-event-recurring.png)
+![Calender Event Recurring](assets/old_images/erpnext/calender-event-recurring.png)
 
 ###Permission for Event
 
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
 
 Public Event, like Birthday will be visible to all.
 
-![Calender Event Permission](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/calender-event-permission.png)
+![Calender Event Permission](assets/old_images/erpnext/calender-event-permission.png)
 
 ###Event Reminders
 
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
 
 In the Event master, checking "Send an email reminder in the morning" will trigger notifcation email to all the participants for this event.
 
-![Calender Event Notification](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/calender-event-notification.png)
+![Calender Event Notification](assets/old_images/erpnext/calender-event-notification.png)
 
 ####Create Email Digest
 
@@ -58,6 +58,6 @@
 
 `Setup > Email > Email Digest`
 
-![Calender Email Digest](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/calender-email-digest.png)
+![Calender Email Digest](assets/old_images/erpnext/calender-email-digest.png)
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/collaboration-tools/collaborating-around-forms.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/collaboration-tools/collaborating-around-forms.md
similarity index 87%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/collaboration-tools/collaborating-around-forms.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/collaboration-tools/collaborating-around-forms.md
index 103e3a2..adfdf87 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/collaboration-tools/collaborating-around-forms.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/collaboration-tools/collaborating-around-forms.md
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 button in the right sidebar. A log of all your sent emails will be maintained
 in Communication.
 
-![Forms](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/forms.png)
+![Forms](assets/old_images/erpnext/forms.png)
 
 ### Comments
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/collaboration-tools/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/collaboration-tools/index.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/collaboration-tools/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/collaboration-tools/index.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/collaboration-tools/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/collaboration-tools/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/collaboration-tools/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/collaboration-tools/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/collaboration-tools/messages.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/collaboration-tools/messages.md
similarity index 67%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/collaboration-tools/messages.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/collaboration-tools/messages.md
index 102f6c9..dd8a5a8 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/collaboration-tools/messages.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/collaboration-tools/messages.md
@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@
 a popup message and the unread messages counter in the top toolbar will be
 updated.
 
-![Message List](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/message-list.png)
+![Message List](assets/old_images/erpnext/message-list.png)
 
 You can choose to send message to all the users, or to specific user.
 
-![Messsage To](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/message-to.png)
+![Messsage To](assets/old_images/erpnext/message-to.png)
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/collaboration-tools/notes.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/collaboration-tools/notes.md
similarity index 82%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/collaboration-tools/notes.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/collaboration-tools/notes.md
index 5111cd1..601abee 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/collaboration-tools/notes.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/collaboration-tools/notes.md
@@ -8,13 +8,13 @@
 
 Enter Title and Context.
 
-![Note](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/note.png)
+![Note](assets/old_images/erpnext/note.png)
 
 ####Set Permissions to select Users
 
 To make Note accessible for all, check "Public" under links section. If specific Note is to be made accessible to specific user, they shall be selected in the Share With table.
 
-![Note Permission](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/note-permission.png)
+![Note Permission](assets/old_images/erpnext/note-permission.png)
 
 <div class=well>Notes can also be used as a knowledge base internally. You can also attach file in the Notes, and make it accessible to specific set of users only.</div>
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/collaboration-tools/tags.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/collaboration-tools/tags.md
similarity index 76%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/collaboration-tools/tags.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/collaboration-tools/tags.md
index 76adb4f..596fac0 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/collaboration-tools/tags.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/collaboration-tools/tags.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Like Assignments and Comments, you can also add your own tags to each type of transactions. These tags can help you search a document and also classify it. ERPNext will also show you all the important tags in the document list.
 
-![Tags](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/tags-in-list.png)
+![Tags](assets/old_images/erpnext/tags-in-list.png)
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/collaboration-tools/to-do.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/collaboration-tools/to-do.md
similarity index 75%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/collaboration-tools/to-do.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/collaboration-tools/to-do.md
index a816bd2..b878b67 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/collaboration-tools/to-do.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/collaboration-tools/to-do.md
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 To Do is a simple tool where all the activities [assigned](https://erpnext.com/collaboration-tools/assignment) to you and assigned
 by you are listed. You can also add your own to-do items in the list.
 
-![Todo List](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/todo-list.png)
+![Todo List](assets/old_images/erpnext/todo-list.png)
 
 When task is completed, you should simply remove assignment from the assigned document. With this, task will be removed from your Todo list as well. For Todo which are not assigned via document, you can set their status as Closed from the Todo record itself.
 
-![Todo Close](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/todo-close.png)
+![Todo Close](assets/old_images/erpnext/todo-close.png)
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/customer-portal/customer-orders-invoices-and-shipping-status.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customer-portal/customer-orders-invoices-and-shipping-status.md
similarity index 62%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/customer-portal/customer-orders-invoices-and-shipping-status.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/customer-portal/customer-orders-invoices-and-shipping-status.md
index 33020a8..28cde25 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/customer-portal/customer-orders-invoices-and-shipping-status.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customer-portal/customer-orders-invoices-and-shipping-status.md
@@ -2,21 +2,21 @@
 and Shipments Customers can check the status of their orders, invoices, and
 shipping status by logging on to the web.
 
-![Portal Menu](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/portal-menu.png)
+![Portal Menu](assets/old_images/erpnext/portal-menu.png)
 
 Once an order is raised, either using the Shopping Cart or from within
 ERPNext, your customer can view the order and keep an eye on the billing and
 shipment status. When the invoice and payment against these orders are
 submitted, the customer can see the updated status on the portal, at a glance.
 
-![Customer Portal](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/customer-portal-orders-1.png)
+![Customer Portal](assets/old_images/erpnext/customer-portal-orders-1.png)
 
 #### Invoice with paid status.
 
-![Invoice Paid](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/portal-invoice-paid.png)
+![Invoice Paid](assets/old_images/erpnext/portal-invoice-paid.png)
 
 #### Invoice with billed status.
 
-![Billed Invoice](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/portal-order-billed.png)
+![Billed Invoice](assets/old_images/erpnext/portal-order-billed.png)
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/customer-portal/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customer-portal/index.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/customer-portal/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/customer-portal/index.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/customer-portal/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customer-portal/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/customer-portal/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/customer-portal/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customer-portal/issues.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customer-portal/issues.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..422b214
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customer-portal/issues.md
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+The customer portal makes it very easy for a customer to raise concerns. A
+simple and intuitive interface facilitates your customer to report their
+concerns as Issues. They can view the complete thread of their
+conversation.
+
+#### Empty Ticket List
+
+![Ticket List](assets/old_images/erpnext/portal-ticket-list-empty.png)
+
+#### New Issue
+
+![New Ticket](assets/old_images/erpnext/portal-new-ticket.png)
+
+#### Open Issue
+
+![Open Issue](assets/old_images/erpnext/portal-ticket-1.png)
+
+#### Reply on Issue
+
+![Reply Issue](assets/old_images/erpnext/portal-ticket-reply.png)
+
+{next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/customer-portal/portal-login.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customer-portal/portal-login.md
similarity index 65%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/customer-portal/portal-login.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/customer-portal/portal-login.md
index a8aee26..1bd8775 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/customer-portal/portal-login.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customer-portal/portal-login.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 To login into the customer account, the customer has to use his email id and
 the password sent by ERPNext; generated through the sign-up process.
 
-![Login](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/customer-portal-login.png)
+![Login](assets/old_images/erpnext/customer-portal-login.png)
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customer-portal/sign-up.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customer-portal/sign-up.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cabd58f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customer-portal/sign-up.md
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+Customers have to log-in to the Company Website, and sign-up as a customer.
+
+#### Step 1: Click on Login Icon
+
+![Sign Up](assets/old_images/erpnext/customer-portal-sign-up-1.png)
+
+  
+
+#### Step 2: Click on Sign Up Icon
+
+![Sign Up](assets/old_images/erpnext/customer-portal-sign-up-2.png)
+
+  
+
+#### Step 3: Enter Customer Name and ID
+
+![Sign Up](assets/old_images/erpnext/customer-portal-sign-up-3.png)
+
+After the sign up process, a mail will be sent to the customers email id with
+the password details.
+
+{next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/custom-doctype.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/custom-doctype.md
similarity index 80%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/custom-doctype.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/custom-doctype.md
index bcfa4dd..85d2049 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/custom-doctype.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/custom-doctype.md
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 not be able to re-produce.
 1. Custom?: This field will be checked by default when adding Custom Doctype.
 
-![Doctype Basic](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/customize/doctype-basics.png)
+![Doctype Basic](assets/img/setup/customize/doctype-basics.png)
 
 #### Fields
 
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 1. Actions (button)
 1. Attachments or Images
 
-![Doctype fields](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/customize/Doctype-all-fields.png)
+![Doctype fields](assets/img/setup/customize/Doctype-all-fields.png)
 
 When you add fields, you need to enter the **Type**. **Label** is optional for Section Break and Column Break. **Name** (`fieldname`) is the name of the database table column.
 
@@ -44,19 +44,19 @@
 
 In this section, you can define criteria based on which document for this doctype will be named. There are multiple criterion based on which document can be named, like naming based on the value in the specific field, or based on Naming Series, or based on value provided by the user in the prompt, which will be shown when saving document. In the following example, we are doing naming based on the value in the field **book_name**.
 
-![Doctype Naming](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/customize/doctype-field-naming.png)
+![Doctype Naming](assets/img/setup/customize/doctype-field-naming.png)
 
 #### Permission
 
 In this table, you should select roles and define permission roles for them for this Doctype.
 
-![Doctype Permissions](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/customize/Doctype-permissions.png)
+![Doctype Permissions](assets/img/setup/customize/Doctype-permissions.png)
 
 #### Save Doctype
 
 On saving doctype, you will get pop-up to provide name for this Doctype.
 
-![Doctype Save](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/customize/Doctype-save.png)
+![Doctype Save](assets/img/setup/customize/Doctype-save.png)
 
 #### Doctype in System
 
@@ -65,10 +65,10 @@
 
 `Human Resource > Document > Book`
 
-![Doctype List](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/customize/Doctype-list-view.png)
+![Doctype List](assets/img/setup/customize/Doctype-list-view.png)
 
 #### Book master
 
 Using the fields entered, following is the master one book.
 
-![Doctype List](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/customize/Doctype-book-added.png)
+![Doctype List](assets/img/setup/customize/Doctype-book-added.png)
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/custom-field.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/custom-field.md
similarity index 79%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/custom-field.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/custom-field.md
index 3c6ef41..ca5449b 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/custom-field.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/custom-field.md
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 
 In Customize Form, for each field, you will find plus (+) option. When click on it, new row will be inserted above that field. You can enter properties for your Custom Field in the newly added blank row.
 
-![Customize Form Custom Field](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/customize-form-custom-field.png)
+![Customize Form Custom Field](assets/old_images/erpnext/customize-form-custom-field.png)
 
 Following are the steps to insert Custom Field in the existing form.
 
@@ -25,35 +25,35 @@
 
 You should select transaction or master in which you want to insert custom field. Let's assume you need to insert a custom link field in the Quotation form. In this case, Document will be "Quotation".
 
-![Custom Field Document](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/custom-field-document.png)
+![Custom Field Document](assets/old_images/erpnext/custom-field-document.png)
 
 ####Set Field Label
 
 Custom Field's name will be set based on its Label. If you want to create Custom Field with specific name, but with different label, then you should first set Label as you want Field Name to be set. After Custom Field is saved, you can edit the Field Label again.
 
-![Custom Field Label](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/custom-field-label.png)
+![Custom Field Label](assets/old_images/erpnext/custom-field-label.png)
 
 ####Select Insert After
 
 This field will have all the existing field of the form/doctype selected. Your Custom Field will be placed after field you select in the Insert After field.
 
-![Custom Field Insert](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/custom-field-insert.png)
+![Custom Field Insert](assets/old_images/erpnext/custom-field-insert.png)
 
 ####Select Field Type
 
 Click [here](https://erpnext.com/kb/customize/field-types) to learn more about types of field you can set for your Custom Field.
 
-![Custom Field Type](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/custom-field-type.png)
+![Custom Field Type](assets/old_images/erpnext/custom-field-type.png)
 
 ####Set Option
 
 If you are creating a Link field, then Doctype name with which this field will be linked to will be entered in the Option field. Click [here](https://erpnext.com/kb/customize/creating-custom-link-field) to learn more about creating custom link field.
 
-![Custom Field Link](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/custom-field-link.png)
+![Custom Field Link](assets/old_images/erpnext/custom-field-link.png)
 
 If field type is set as Select (drop down field), then all he possible result for this field should be listed in the Options field. Each possible result should be separate by row.
 
-![Custom Field Option](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/custom-field-option.png)
+![Custom Field Option](assets/old_images/erpnext/custom-field-option.png)
 
 For other field types, like Data, Date, Currency etc., Opton field will be left blank.
 
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
 1. Read Only: Checking this option will make custom field non-editable.
 1. Allow on Submit: Checking this option will allow editing value in the field when in submitted transaction.
 
-![Custom Field Properties](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/custom-field-properties.png)
+![Custom Field Properties](assets/old_images/erpnext/custom-field-properties.png)
 
 ####Deleting Custom Field
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/custom-button.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/custom-button.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/custom-button.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/custom-button.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/custom-script-fetch-values-from-master.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/custom-script-fetch-values-from-master.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/custom-script-fetch-values-from-master.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/custom-script-fetch-values-from-master.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/date-validation.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/date-validation.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/date-validation.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/date-validation.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/generate-item-code-based-on-custom-logic.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/generate-item-code-based-on-custom-logic.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/generate-item-code-based-on-custom-logic.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/generate-item-code-based-on-custom-logic.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/index.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/index.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/make-read-only-after-saving.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/make-read-only-after-saving.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/make-read-only-after-saving.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/make-read-only-after-saving.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/restrict-cancel-rights.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/restrict-cancel-rights.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/restrict-cancel-rights.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/restrict-cancel-rights.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/restrict-purpose-of-stock-entry.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/restrict-purpose-of-stock-entry.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/restrict-purpose-of-stock-entry.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/restrict-purpose-of-stock-entry.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/restrict-user-based-on-child-record.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/restrict-user-based-on-child-record.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/restrict-user-based-on-child-record.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/restrict-user-based-on-child-record.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/sales-invoice-id-based-on-sales-order-id.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/sales-invoice-id-based-on-sales-order-id.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/sales-invoice-id-based-on-sales-order-id.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/sales-invoice-id-based-on-sales-order-id.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/update-date-field-based-on-value-in-other-date-field.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/update-date-field-based-on-value-in-other-date-field.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/update-date-field-based-on-value-in-other-date-field.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/custom-script-examples/update-date-field-based-on-value-in-other-date-field.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/index.md
similarity index 76%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/index.md
index 27d4560..efe484b 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/index.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/index.md
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 
 > Setup > Customization > Custom Script
 
-![Custom Script](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/custom-script.png)
+![Custom Script](assets/old_images/erpnext/custom-script.png)
 
 ### Topics
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/custom-scripts/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/customize-form.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/customize-form.md
similarity index 90%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/customize-form.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/customize-form.md
index 62ffce3..57487f2 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/customize-form.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/customize-form.md
@@ -11,13 +11,13 @@
 
 System Manager will find Customize Form option in the Sales Order list (or any other form for that matter) view as well.
 
-![Customize Form List View](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/customize-form-list-view.png)
+![Customize Form List View](assets/old_images/erpnext/customize-form-list-view.png)
 
 ####Step 2: Select Docytpe/Document
 
 You should select Docytpe/Document which has field-to-be-customized located in it.
 
-![Customize Form Document](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/customize-form-document.png)
+![Customize Form Document](assets/old_images/erpnext/customize-form-document.png)
 
 ####Step 3:Edit Property
 
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 
 On clicking Project Name row, fields to set various property for this field will be shown. To Customize the mandatory property for a field, there is a field called "Mandatory". Checking this field will set Project Name field as mandatory in the Quotation form.
 
-![Customize Form Mandatory](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/customize-form-mandatory.png)
+![Customize Form Mandatory](assets/old_images/erpnext/customize-form-mandatory.png)
 
 Like this, you can customize following properties of the field.
 
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
 
 ####Step 4: Update
 
-![Customize Form Update](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/customize-form-update.png)
+![Customize Form Update](assets/old_images/erpnext/customize-form-update.png)
 
 Before checking Sales Order form, you should clear cache and refresh browser tab for customization to take effect.
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/document-title.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/document-title.md
similarity index 90%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/document-title.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/document-title.md
index da2a6db..89e9c5c 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/document-title.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/document-title.md
@@ -21,13 +21,13 @@
     {customer_name} for {project}
 
 <img class="screenshot" alt = "Customize Title"
-    src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/customize/customize-title.gif">
+    src="assets/img/customize/customize-title.gif">
 
 #### Fixed or Editable Titles
 
 If your title is generated as a default title, it can be edited by the user by clicking on the heading of the document.
 
 <img class="screenshot" alt = "Editable Title"
-    src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/customize/editable-title.gif">
+    src="assets/img/customize/editable-title.gif">
 
 If you want a fixed title, you can set the rule in the **Options** property. In this way, the title will be automatically updated everytime the document is updated.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/hiding-modules-and-features.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/hiding-modules-and-features.md
similarity index 82%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/hiding-modules-and-features.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/hiding-modules-and-features.md
index 125a17a..b35a484 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/hiding-modules-and-features.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/hiding-modules-and-features.md
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 
 > Setup > Tools > Hide/Unhide Features
 
-![Hide Features](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/hide-features.png)
+![Hide Features](assets/old_images/erpnext/hide-features.png)
 
 Check / uncheck the features you want to use and refresh your page for the
 changes to take effect.
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 
 Setup > Tools> Modules Setup
 
-![Hide/Unhide Modules](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/hide-module.png)
+![Hide/Unhide Modules](assets/old_images/erpnext/hide-module.png)
 
 > Note: Modules are automatically hidden for users that have no permissions on
 the documents within that module. For example, if a user has no permissions on
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/index.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/index.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/print-format.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/print-format.md
similarity index 95%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/print-format.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/print-format.md
index 0cb9013..74316fa 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/customize-erpnext/print-format.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/customize-erpnext/print-format.md
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
 
 > Setup > Printing > Print Formats
 
-![Print Format](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/customize/print-format.png)
+![Print Format](assets/old_images/erpnext/customize/print-format.png)
 
 Select the type of Print Format you want to edit and click on the “Copy”
 button on the right column. A new Print Format will open up with “Is Standard”
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
 
 > Setup > Printing and Branding > Print Settings
 
-![Print Format](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/customize/print-settings.png)
+![Print Format](assets/old_images/erpnext/customize/print-settings.png)
 
 #### Example
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/appraisal.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/appraisal.md
similarity index 75%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/appraisal.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/appraisal.md
index 4596c39..7a5f24b 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/appraisal.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/appraisal.md
@@ -6,13 +6,13 @@
 
 #### Step 1: Select an Appraisal Template
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Appraisal" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/human-resources/appraisal.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Appraisal" src="assets/img/human-resources/appraisal.png">
 
 After you select the template, the remaining form appears.
 
 #### Step 2: Enter Employee Details
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Appraisal" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/human-resources/appraisal-employee.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Appraisal" src="assets/img/human-resources/appraisal-employee.png">
 
 Once the Appraisal Template is completed, you can create Appraisal records for
 each period where you track performance. You can give points out of 5 for each
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/attendance.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/attendance.md
similarity index 78%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/attendance.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/attendance.md
index dc95780..175c495 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/attendance.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/attendance.md
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 
 > Human Resources > Attendance > New Attendance
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Attendence" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/human-resources/attendence.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Attendence" src="assets/img/human-resources/attendence.png">
 
 You can get a monthly report of your Attendance data by going to the “Monthly
 Attendance Details” report.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/employee.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/employee.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..09bc489
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/employee.md
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+There are many fields you can add in your Employee records.
+
+To create new Employee go to:
+
+> Human Resources > Employee > New
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Employee" src="assets/img/human-resources/employee.png">
+
+{next}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/expense-claim.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/expense-claim.md
similarity index 87%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/expense-claim.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/expense-claim.md
index 200b7fb..13cb19d 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/expense-claim.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/expense-claim.md
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 
 > HR > Expense Claim > New Expense Claim
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Expense Claim" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/human-resources/expense_claim.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Expense Claim" src="assets/img/human-resources/expense_claim.png">
 
 Set the Employee ID, date and the list of expenses that are to be claimed and
 “Submit” the record.
@@ -34,6 +34,6 @@
 
 * To Link Expense Claim with Task or Project specify the Task or the Project while making an Expense Claim
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Expense Claim - Project Link" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/project/project_expense_claim_link.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Expense Claim - Project Link" src="assets/img/project/project_expense_claim_link.png">
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/holiday-list.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/holiday-list.md
similarity index 91%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/holiday-list.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/holiday-list.md
index 47dac5b..bd5f195 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/holiday-list.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/holiday-list.md
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
   
 #### Figure 1: Holiday List
 
-![](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/holiday-list-1.png)  
+![](assets/old_images/erpnext/holiday-list-1.png)  
 
   
 
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
   
 #### Figure 2: Adding new holidays to the list
 
-![](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/holiday-list-2.png)  
+![](assets/old_images/erpnext/holiday-list-2.png)  
 
   
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/human-resource-setup.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/human-resource-setup.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/human-resource-setup.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/human-resource-setup.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/human-resources-reports.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/human-resources-reports.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac0a198
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/human-resources-reports.md
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+Human Resources Reports
+
+### Employee Leave Balance
+
+Employee Leave Balance Report shows employees and their respective balance leaves under various leave types. Report is generated as per the number of allowed leaves.
+
+<img alt="Employee Leave Balance" class="screenshot" src="assets/img/human-resources/employee-leave-balance-report.png">
+
+### Employee Birthday
+
+Employee Birthday Report shows Birthdays of your employees.
+
+<img alt="Employee Birthday" class="screenshot" src="assets/img/human-resources/employee-birthday-report.png">
+
+### Employee Information
+
+Employee Information Report shows Report View of important information recorded in Employee master.
+
+<img alt="Employee Information" class="screenshot" src="assets/img/human-resources/employee-information-report.png">
+
+### Monthly Salary Register
+
+Monthly Salary Register shows net pay and its components of employee(s) at a glance.
+
+<img alt="Monthly Salary Register" class="screenshot" src="assets/img/human-resources/monthly-salary-register-report.png">
+
+
+### Monthly Attendance Sheet
+
+Monthly Attendance Sheet shows monthly attendance of selected employee at a glance.
+
+<img alt="Monthly Attendance Sheet" class="screenshot" src="assets/img/human-resources/monthly-attendance-sheet-report.png">
+
+{next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/index.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/index.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/introduction-to-human-resources.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/introduction-to-human-resources.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/introduction-to-human-resources.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/introduction-to-human-resources.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/job-applicant.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/job-applicant.md
similarity index 72%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/job-applicant.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/job-applicant.md
index 8ccd91a..1b8e9a1 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/job-applicant.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/job-applicant.md
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 
 > Human Resource > Job Applicant > New
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Job Applicant" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/human-resources/job-applicant.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Job Applicant" src="assets/img/human-resources/job-applicant.png">
 
 ### Linking with an Email Account
 
@@ -20,6 +20,6 @@
 
 * In 'Append To' select 'Job Applicant'
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Email Account" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/human-resources/email-account.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Email Account" src="assets/img/human-resources/email-account.png">
 
 {next}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/job-opening.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/job-opening.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eeb29ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/job-opening.md
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+You can make a record of the open vacancies in your company using Job Opening.
+
+To create a new Job Opening go to 
+
+> Human Resource > Job Opening > New
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Job Opening" src="assets/img/human-resources/job-opening.png">
+
+
+{next}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/leave-application.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/leave-application.md
similarity index 79%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/leave-application.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/leave-application.md
index 32cca01..8cb1943 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/leave-application.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/leave-application.md
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 
 > Human Resources > Leave Application > New Leave Application
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Leave Application" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/human-resources/leave-application.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Leave Application" src="assets/img/human-resources/leave-application.png">
 
 ###Setting Leave Approver
 
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 
 * You need to mention a list of Leave Approvers against an Employee in the Employee Master.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Leave Approver" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/human-resources/employee-leave-approver.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Leave Approver" src="assets/img/human-resources/employee-leave-approver.png">
 
 > Tip : If you want all users to create their own Leave Applications, you can set
 their “Employee ID” as a match rule in the Leave Application Permission
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/offer-letter.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/offer-letter.md
similarity index 69%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/offer-letter.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/offer-letter.md
index 75dd848..34bceee 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/offer-letter.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/offer-letter.md
@@ -5,12 +5,12 @@
 
 > Human Resource > Offer Letter > New
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Offer Letter" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/human-resources/offer-letter.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Offer Letter" src="assets/img/human-resources/offer-letter.png">
 
 > Note: An offer letter can be made only against a [Job Applicant](/contents/human-resources/job-applicant)
 
 There is a pre-designed print format to print you offer letter.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Offer Letter" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/human-resources/offer-letter-print.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Offer Letter" src="assets/img/human-resources/offer-letter-print.png">
 
 {next}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/salary-and-payroll.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/salary-and-payroll.md
similarity index 93%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/salary-and-payroll.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/salary-and-payroll.md
index 168d605..849e4e6 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/salary-and-payroll.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/salary-and-payroll.md
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
 
 #### Figure 1:Salary Structure
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Salary Structure" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/human-resources/salary-structure.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Salary Structure" src="assets/img/human-resources/salary-structure.png">
 
 ### In the Salary Structure,
 
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
 
 #### Figure 2: Salary Slip
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Salary Slip" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/human-resources/salary-slip.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Salary Slip" src="assets/img/human-resources/salary-slip.png">
 
 You can also create salary slip for multiple employees using Process Payroll:
 
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
 
 #### Figure 3: Process Payroll
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Process Payroll" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/human-resources/process-payroll.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Process Payroll" src="assets/img/human-resources/process-payroll.png">
 
 In Process Payroll,
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/setup/branch.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/setup/branch.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..931da08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/setup/branch.md
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+Branches of your organization
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Branch" src="assets/img/human-resources/branch.png">
+
+{next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/setup/deduction-type.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/setup/deduction-type.md
similarity index 61%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/setup/deduction-type.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/setup/deduction-type.md
index a2697b9..613f55a 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/setup/deduction-type.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/setup/deduction-type.md
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 
 > Human Resource > Setup > Deduction Type > New
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Deduction Type" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/human-resources/deduction-type.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Deduction Type" src="assets/img/human-resources/deduction-type.png">
 
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/setup/department.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/setup/department.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b6e8c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/setup/department.md
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+Departments in your organization
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Department" src="assets/img/human-resources/department.png">
+
+{next}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/setup/designation.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/setup/designation.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d680d40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/setup/designation.md
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+Designations in your organization
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Designation" src="assets/img/human-resources/designation.png">
+
+{next}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/setup/earning-type.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/setup/earning-type.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c469f19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/setup/earning-type.md
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+You can make a record of the Salary Components and describe it as Earning Type
+
+To create a new Earning Type
+
+> Human Resource > Setup > Earning Type > New
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Earning Type" src="assets/img/human-resources/earning-type.png">
+
+
+{next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/setup/employment-type.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/setup/employment-type.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f56ebc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/setup/employment-type.md
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+Various employment contracts you have with your employees.
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Employment Type" src="assets/img/human-resources/employment-type.png">
+
+{next}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/setup/holiday-list.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/setup/holiday-list.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42d6263
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/setup/holiday-list.md
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+You can specify the Holidays for a particular year using Holiday List.
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Holiday List" src="assets/img/human-resources/holiday-list.png">
+
+{next}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/setup/hr-settings.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/setup/hr-settings.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b404d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/setup/hr-settings.md
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# HR Settings
+
+GLobal settings for HR related documents
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="HR Settings" src="assets/img/human-resources/hr-settings.png">
+
+{next}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/setup/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/setup/index.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/setup/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/setup/index.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/setup/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/setup/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/setup/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/setup/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/setup/leave-allocation.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/setup/leave-allocation.md
similarity index 60%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/setup/leave-allocation.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/setup/leave-allocation.md
index 28c53a5..c828b0f 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/setup/leave-allocation.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/setup/leave-allocation.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 Helps you allocate Leaves to a particular Employee
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Leave Allocation" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/human-resources/leave-allocation.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Leave Allocation" src="assets/img/human-resources/leave-allocation.png">
 
 To assign leaves to multiple employees use the [Leave Allocation Tool](/contents/human-resources/tools/leave-allocation-tool)
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/setup/leave-type.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/setup/leave-type.md
similarity index 73%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/setup/leave-type.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/setup/leave-type.md
index 6621c78..93ed0c3 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/setup/leave-type.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/setup/leave-type.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 Specify the Type of Leave that can be allocated against an Employee
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Leave Type" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/human-resources/leave-type.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Leave Type" src="assets/img/human-resources/leave-type.png">
 
 * 'Max Days Leave Allowed' specifies the maximum number of days this type of leave can be taken at a strech.
 * 'Is LWP' specifies if the Leave is without Pay.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/tools/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/tools/index.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/tools/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/tools/index.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/tools/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/tools/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/tools/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/tools/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/tools/leave-allocation-tool.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/tools/leave-allocation-tool.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7c5a1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/tools/leave-allocation-tool.md
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+Leave Allocation tool helps you allocated a specific number of leaves for your employees.
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Leave Application" src="assets/img/human-resources/leave-application.png">
+
+{next}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/tools/upload-attendance.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/tools/upload-attendance.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9595f20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/human-resources/tools/upload-attendance.md
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+This tool helps you to upload bulk attendence from a csv file.
+
+To upload the attendance go to:
+
+> Human Resources > Upload Attendance
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Attendence upload" src="assets/img/human-resources/attendence-upload.png">
+
+{next}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/guides/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/index.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..454b4a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/index.md
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+# User Manual
+
+{index}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/guides/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/index.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9e30ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/index.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+introduction
+setting-up
+accounts
+stock
+CRM
+selling
+buying
+manufacturing
+projects
+support
+human-resources
+customer-portal
+website
+collaboration-tools
+customize-erpnext
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/introduction/concepts-and-terms.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/introduction/concepts-and-terms.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/introduction/concepts-and-terms.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/introduction/concepts-and-terms.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/introduction/do-i-need-an-erp.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/introduction/do-i-need-an-erp.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/introduction/do-i-need-an-erp.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/introduction/do-i-need-an-erp.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/introduction/getting-started-with-erpnext.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/introduction/getting-started-with-erpnext.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/introduction/getting-started-with-erpnext.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/introduction/getting-started-with-erpnext.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/introduction/implementation-strategy.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/introduction/implementation-strategy.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/introduction/implementation-strategy.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/introduction/implementation-strategy.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/introduction/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/introduction/index.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/introduction/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/introduction/index.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/introduction/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/introduction/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/introduction/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/introduction/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/introduction/key-workflows.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/introduction/key-workflows.md
similarity index 69%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/introduction/key-workflows.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/introduction/key-workflows.md
index ddec7de..0d79843 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/introduction/key-workflows.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/introduction/key-workflows.md
@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@
 This diagram covers how ERPNext tracks your company information across key
 functions. This diagram does not cover all the features of ERPNext.
 
-![](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/overview.png)
+![](assets/old_images/erpnext/overview.png)
 
 
-[Full Resolution](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/overview.png)
+[Full Resolution](assets/old_images/erpnext/overview.png)
 
 _Note: Not all of the steps are mandatory. ERPNext allows you to freely skip
 steps if you want to simplify the process._
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/introduction/open-source.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/introduction/open-source.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/introduction/open-source.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/introduction/open-source.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/introduction/the-champion.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/introduction/the-champion.md
similarity index 93%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/introduction/the-champion.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/introduction/the-champion.md
index 32d3cd3..4795baa 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/introduction/the-champion.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/introduction/the-champion.md
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 
 <h1 class="white">The Champion</h1>
 
-<img class="cover" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/implementation-image.png">
+<img class="cover" src="assets/old_images/erpnext/implementation-image.png">
 
 We have seen dozens of ERP implementations over the past few years and we
 realize that successful implementation is a lot about intangibles and
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/bill-of-materials.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/bill-of-materials.md
similarity index 75%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/bill-of-materials.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/bill-of-materials.md
index 7a40076..3ed999d 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/bill-of-materials.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/bill-of-materials.md
@@ -8,11 +8,11 @@
 
 > Manufacturing > Bill of Materials > New BOM
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Task" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/manufacturing/bom.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Task" src="assets/img/manufacturing/bom.png">
 
 * To add Operations select 'With Operation'. The Operations table shall appear.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Task" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/manufacturing/bom-operations.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Task" src="assets/img/manufacturing/bom-operations.png">
 
   * Select the Item for which you want to make the BOM.
   * Add the operations that you have to go through to make that particular Item in the “Operations” table. For each operation, you will be asked to enter a Workstation. You must create new Workstations as and when necessary.
@@ -25,17 +25,17 @@
 
 * Add the list of Items you require for each operation, with its quantity. This Item could be a purchased Item or a sub-assembly with its own BOM. If the row Item is a manufactured Item and has multiple BOMs, select the appropriate BOM. You can also define if a part of the Item goes into scrap.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Costing" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/manufacturing/bom-costing.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Costing" src="assets/img/manufacturing/bom-costing.png">
 
 * This cost can be updated on by using the 'Update Cost' button.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Update Cost" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/manufacturing/bom-update-cost.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Update Cost" src="assets/img/manufacturing/bom-update-cost.png">
 
 ### Materials Required(exploded) 
 
 This table lists down all the Material required for the Item to be Manufactured.
 It also fetches sub-assemblies along with the quantity.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Exploded Section" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/manufacturing/bom-exploded.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Exploded Section" src="assets/img/manufacturing/bom-exploded.png">
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/index.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/index.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/introduction.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/introduction.md
similarity index 92%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/introduction.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/introduction.md
index 278dfaf..627fe0f 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/introduction.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/introduction.md
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Task" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/manufacturing/manufacturing.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Task" src="assets/img/manufacturing/manufacturing.png">
 
 ### Types of Production Planning
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/operation.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/operation.md
similarity index 67%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/operation.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/operation.md
index f0b4c25..b688f2f 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/operation.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/operation.md
@@ -6,6 +6,6 @@
 
 > Manufacturing > Documents > Operation > New
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Operation" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/manufacturing/operation.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Operation" src="assets/img/manufacturing/operation.png">
 
 {next}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/production-order.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/production-order.md
similarity index 79%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/production-order.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/production-order.md
index 5ac1301..13c7143 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/production-order.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/production-order.md
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 
 > Manufacturing > Documents > Production Order > New
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Production Order" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/manufacturing/production-order.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Production Order" src="assets/img/manufacturing/production-order.png">
 
 ### Creating Production Orders
 
@@ -26,11 +26,11 @@
 
 * By default the system fetchs workstation and duration for Production Order Operations from the selected BOM.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="PO Opeartions" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/manufacturing/PO-operations.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="PO Opeartions" src="assets/img/manufacturing/PO-operations.png">
 
 * If you wish to reassign the wrokstation for a particular opeeration in the Production Order, you can do so before submitting the Production Order.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="PO reassigning Operations" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/manufacturing/PO-reassigning-operations.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="PO reassigning Operations" src="assets/img/manufacturing/PO-reassigning-operations.png">
 
 * Select the respective operation, and change its workstation.
 * You can also change the Operating Time for that operation
@@ -47,19 +47,19 @@
 
 * Click on 'Transfer Materials for Manufacturing'.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Transfer Materials" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/manufacturing/PO-material-transfer.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Transfer Materials" src="assets/img/manufacturing/PO-material-transfer.png">
 
 * Mention the quantity of materials to be transfered.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Material Transfer Qty" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/manufacturing/PO-material-transfer-qty.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Material Transfer Qty" src="assets/img/manufacturing/PO-material-transfer-qty.png">
 
 * Submit the Stock Entry
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Stock Entry for PO" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/manufacturing/PO-SE-for-material-transfer.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Stock Entry for PO" src="assets/img/manufacturing/PO-SE-for-material-transfer.png">
 
 * Material Transfered for Manufacturing will be updated in the Production Order based on the Stock Entry.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Stock Entry for PO" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/manufacturing/PO-material-transfer-updated.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Stock Entry for PO" src="assets/img/manufacturing/PO-material-transfer-updated.png">
 
 ### Making Time Logs
 
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
 * Drafts of Time Logs are also created based on the scheduled operations when an Production Order is Submitted.
 * To create more Time Logs against an operation select 'Make TIme Log' in the respective operation.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Make TL against PO" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/manufacturing/PO-operations-make-tl.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Make TL against PO" src="assets/img/manufacturing/PO-operations-make-tl.png">
 
 ###Updating Finished Goods
 
@@ -76,11 +76,11 @@
 * This will create a Stock Entry that will deduct all the sub-Items from the WIP Warehouse and add them to the Finished Goods Warehouse.
 * Click on 'Update Finished Goods'.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Update Finished Goods" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/manufacturing/PO-FG-update.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Update Finished Goods" src="assets/img/manufacturing/PO-FG-update.png">
 
 * Mention the quantity of materials to be transfered.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Update Finished Goods Qty" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/manufacturing/PO-FG-update-qty.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Update Finished Goods Qty" src="assets/img/manufacturing/PO-FG-update-qty.png">
 
  > Tip : You can also partially complete a Production Order by updating the Finished Goods stock creating a Stock Entry.
  
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
   4. Update Finished Goods: This will create a Stock Entry that will deduct all the sub-Items from the WIP Warehouse and add them to the Finished Goods Warehouse.
   5. To check all Time Logs made against the Production Order click on 'Show Time Logs'
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="PO - stop" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/manufacturing/PO-stop.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="PO - stop" src="assets/img/manufacturing/PO-stop.png">
 
 * You can Also re-start a stopped Production Order.
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/setup/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/setup/index.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/setup/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/setup/index.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/setup/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/setup/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/setup/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/setup/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/setup/manufacturing-settings.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/setup/manufacturing-settings.md
similarity index 78%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/setup/manufacturing-settings.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/setup/manufacturing-settings.md
index 6b2639c..39cf23e 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/setup/manufacturing-settings.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/setup/manufacturing-settings.md
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 
 > Manufacturing > Production Order > Setup > Manufacturing Settings
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Manufacturing Settings" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/manufacturing/manufacturing-settings.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Manufacturing Settings" src="assets/img/manufacturing/manufacturing-settings.png">
 
 * Allow Overtime - Specify if workstations are to allow overtime.(schedule operations outside working hours)
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/subcontracting.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/subcontracting.md
similarity index 96%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/subcontracting.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/subcontracting.md
index aba0e70..36286a7 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/subcontracting.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/subcontracting.md
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
   2. Create a Warehouse for your Supplier so that you can keep track of Items supplied. (you may supply a months worth of Items in one go).
   3. For the processed Item, in the Item master, set “Is Sub Contracted Item” to “Yes”.
 
-![Subcontract](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/subcontract.png)
+![Subcontract](assets/old_images/erpnext/subcontract.png)
 
   
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/tools/bom-replace-tool.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/tools/bom-replace-tool.md
similarity index 91%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/tools/bom-replace-tool.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/tools/bom-replace-tool.md
index 4a07abb..f5b6eb8 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/tools/bom-replace-tool.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/tools/bom-replace-tool.md
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
 
 To update new BOM updated in the BOM of finished item, where CPU is selected as raw-material, you can use BOM Replace tool.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="BOM replace Tool" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/manufacturing/bom-replace-tool.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="BOM replace Tool" src="assets/img/manufacturing/bom-replace-tool.png">
 
 In this tool, you should select Current BOM, and New BOM. On clicking Replace button, current BOM of CPU will be replaced with New BOM in the BOM of finished Item (Computer).
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/tools/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/tools/index.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/tools/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/tools/index.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/tools/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/tools/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/tools/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/tools/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/tools/production-planning-tool.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/tools/production-planning-tool.md
similarity index 69%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/tools/production-planning-tool.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/tools/production-planning-tool.md
index aa07f40..7a7790e 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/tools/production-planning-tool.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/tools/production-planning-tool.md
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 
 > Manufacturing > Tools > Production Planning Tool
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Production Planing Tool" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/manufacturing/ppt.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Production Planing Tool" src="assets/img/manufacturing/ppt.png">
 
 
 
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 * Select sales orders for MRP using filters (Time, Item, and Customer)
 * Click on Get Sales Order to generate a list.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Production Planing Tool" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/manufacturing/ppt-get-sales-orders.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Production Planing Tool" src="assets/img/manufacturing/ppt-get-sales-orders.png">
 
 
 
@@ -28,11 +28,11 @@
 
 You can add/remove or change quantity of these Items.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Production Planing Tool" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/manufacturing/ppt-get-item.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Production Planing Tool" src="assets/img/manufacturing/ppt-get-item.png">
 
 #### Step 3: Create Production Orders
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Production Planing Tool" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/manufacturing/ppt-create-production-order.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Production Planing Tool" src="assets/img/manufacturing/ppt-create-production-order.png">
 
 
 
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
 
 Create Material Request for Items with projected shortfall.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Production Planing Tool" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/manufacturing/ppt-create-material-request.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Production Planing Tool" src="assets/img/manufacturing/ppt-create-material-request.png">
 
 
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/workstation.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/workstation.md
similarity index 87%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/workstation.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/workstation.md
index 168fddf..864d116 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/manufacturing/workstation.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/manufacturing/workstation.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 > Manufacturing > Documents > Workstation > New
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Workstation" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/manufacturing/workstation.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Workstation" src="assets/img/manufacturing/workstation.png">
 
 In workstation specify the workstation working hours under the 'working hour' section. 
 You can also specify the working hours based on shifts.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/projects/activity-cost.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/projects/activity-cost.md
similarity index 64%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/projects/activity-cost.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/projects/activity-cost.md
index 18d7245..7926953 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/projects/activity-cost.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/projects/activity-cost.md
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
 Activity Cost records the per-hour billing rate and costing rate of an Employee against an Activity Type.
 This rate is pulled by the system while making Time Logs. It is used for Project Costing.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Activity Cost" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/project/activity_cost.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Activity Cost" src="assets/img/project/activity_cost.png">
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/projects/activity-type.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/projects/activity-type.md
similarity index 68%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/projects/activity-type.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/projects/activity-type.md
index 10fe79b..62010f0 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/projects/activity-type.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/projects/activity-type.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 Activity Type makes a list of the different types of activities against which a Time Log can be made.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Activity Type" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/project/activity_type.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Activity Type" src="assets/img/project/activity_type.png">
 
 By default the following Activity Types are created.
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/projects/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/projects/index.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/projects/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/projects/index.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/projects/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/projects/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/projects/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/projects/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/projects/introduction-to-projects.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/projects/introduction-to-projects.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/projects/introduction-to-projects.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/projects/introduction-to-projects.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/guides/projects/project.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/projects/project.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d4a45d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/projects/project.md
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+Project management in ERPNext is Task driven. You can create Project and assign multiple Tasks against it.
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Project" src="assets/img/project/project.png">
+
+### Managing tasks
+Project can be divided into multiple Tasks.
+Task can be created via Project document itself or can be created via  [Task](/contents/projects/tasks)
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Project" src="assets/img/project/project_task.png">
+
+* To view Task made against a Project click on 'Tasks'
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Project - View Task" src="assets/img/project/project_view_task.png">
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Project - Task List" src="assets/img/project/project_task_list.png">
+
+* You can also view the Tasks from the Project document itself
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Project - Task Grid" src="assets/img/project/project_task_grid.png">
+
+### Managing time
+
+ERPNext uses [Time Log](/contents/projects/time-log) to track the progress of a Project.
+You can create Time Logs against each task.
+The Actual Start and End Time along with the costing shall then be updated based on the Time Log.
+
+* To view Time Log made against a Project click on 'Time Logs'
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Project - View Time Log" src="assets/img/project/project_view_time_log.png">
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Project - Time Log List" src="assets/img/project/project_time_log_list.png">
+
+* You can also create a Time Log directlly and link it to the Project.
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Project - Link Time Log" src="assets/img/project/project_time_log_link.png">
+
+### Managing expenses
+
+You can book [Expense Claim](/contents/human-resources/expense-claim) against a project task.
+The system shall update the total amount from expense claims in the project costing section.
+
+* To view Expense Claims made against a Project click on 'Expense Claims'
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Project - View Expense Claim" src="assets/img/project/project_view_expense_claim.png">
+
+* You can also create a Expense Claims directlly and link it to the Project.
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Project - Link Expense Claim" src="assets/img/project/project_expense_claim_link.png">
+
+* Total amount of Expense Claims booked against a project is shown under 'Total Expense Claim' in the Project Costing Section
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Project - Total Expense Claim" src="assets/img/project/project_total_expense_claim.png">
+
+### Cost Center
+
+You can make a [Cost Center](/contents/accounts/setup/cost-center) against a Project or use an existing cost center to track all expenses made against that project.
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Project - Cost Center" src="assets/img/project/project_cost_center.png">
+
+###Project Costing
+
+The Project Costing section helps you track the time and expenses incurred against the project.
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Project - Costing" src="assets/img/project/project_costing.png">
+
+* The Costing Section is updated based on Time Logs made.
+
+* Gross Margin is the difference between Total Costing Amount and Total Billing Amount
+
+###Billing
+
+You can make/link a [Sales Order](/contents/selling/sales-order) against a project. Once linked you can use the standard sales module to bill your customer against the Project.
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Project - Sales Order" src="assets/img/project/project_sales_order.png">
+
+###Gantt Chart
+
+A Gantt Chart illustrates a project schedule.
+ERPNext gives you a illustrated view of tasks scheduled against that project in Gantt Chart View.
+
+* To view gantt chart against a project, go to that project and click on 'Gantt Chart'
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Project - View Gantt Chart" src="assets/img/project/project_view_gantt_chart.png">
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Project - Gantt Chart" src="assets/img/project/project_gantt_chart.png">
+
+{next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/guides/projects/tasks.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/projects/tasks.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..574a588
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/projects/tasks.md
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+Project is divided into Tasks. 
+In ERPNext, you can also create a Task independently.
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Task" src="assets/img/project/task.png">
+
+### Status of the Task
+
+A Task can have either of the following status - Open, Working, Pending Review, Closed, Cancelled.
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Task - Status" src="assets/img/project/task_status.png">
+
+* By default each new Task created shall have the status set to 'Open'.
+
+* If a Time Log is made against a task, its status shall be set to 'Working'.
+
+### Dependent Task
+
+You can specify a list of dependent task under the 'Depends On' section.
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Depends On" src="assets/img/project/task_depends_on.png">
+
+* You cannot close the parent Task until all 'Dependant Task' are closed.
+
+* If the Dependent Task are delayed and overlap with the expected Start Date of the Parent task, the system will reschedule the parent task.
+
+### Managing Time
+
+ERPNext uses [Time Log](/contents/projects/time-log) to track the progress of a Task.
+You can create multiple Time Logs against each task.
+The Actual Start and End Time along with the costing shall then be updated based on the Time Log.
+
+* To view Time Log made against a Task click on 'Time Logs'
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Task - View Time Log" src="assets/img/project/task_view_time_log.png">
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Task - Time Log List" src="assets/img/project/task_time_log_list.png">
+
+* You can also create a Time Log directlly and link it to the Task.
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Task - Link Time Log" src="assets/img/project/task_time_log_link.png">
+
+### Managing Expenses
+
+You can book [Expense Claim](/contents/human-resource-management/expense-claim) against a task.
+The system shall update the total amount from expense claims in the costing section.
+
+* To view Expense Claims made against a Task click on 'Expense Claims'
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Task - View Expense Claim" src="assets/img/project/task_view_expense_claim.png">
+
+* You can also create a Expense Claims directlly and link it to the Task.
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Task - Link Expense Claim" src="assets/img/project/task_expense_claim_link.png">
+
+* Total amount of Expense Claims booked against a task is shown under 'Total Expense Claim' in the Task Costing Section
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Task - Total Expense Claim" src="assets/img/project/task_total_expense_claim.png">
+
+{next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/projects/time-log-batch.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/projects/time-log-batch.md
similarity index 65%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/projects/time-log-batch.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/projects/time-log-batch.md
index c678d039..4135bb1 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/projects/time-log-batch.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/projects/time-log-batch.md
@@ -6,17 +6,17 @@
 
 Just open your Time Log list and check the Items to you want to add to the Time Log. Then click on "Make Time Log Batch" button and these Time Logs will be selected.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Time Log - Drag Calender" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/project/time_log_batch.gif">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Time Log - Drag Calender" src="assets/img/project/time_log_batch.gif">
 
 ###Making Sales Invoice
 
 * After submitting the Time Log Batch, "Make Invoice" button shall appear.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Time Log - Drag Calender" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/project/time_log_batch_make_invoice.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Time Log - Drag Calender" src="assets/img/project/time_log_batch_make_invoice.png">
 
 * Click on that button to raise a Sales Invoice against the Time Log Batch.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Time Log - Drag Calender" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/project/time_log_batch_sales_invoice.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Time Log - Drag Calender" src="assets/img/project/time_log_batch_sales_invoice.png">
 
 * When you "Submit" the Sales Invoice, the Sales Invoice number will get updated in the Time Logs and Time Log Batch and their status will change to "Billed".
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/projects/time-log.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/projects/time-log.md
similarity index 70%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/projects/time-log.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/projects/time-log.md
index 1ddf9442..a299b52 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/projects/time-log.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/projects/time-log.md
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 * Project
 * Internal References
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Time Log" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/project/time_log.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Time Log" src="assets/img/project/time_log.png">
 
 ###Creating Time Logs
 
@@ -18,15 +18,15 @@
 
 To create Time Logs via Calender, go to Time Log and select Calendar.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Time Log - View Calender" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/project/time_log_view_calendar.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Time Log - View Calender" src="assets/img/project/time_log_view_calendar.png">
 
 * To create a Time Log for multiple days, click and drag the cursor across days.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Time Log - Drag Calender" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/project/time_log_calendar_day.gif">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Time Log - Drag Calender" src="assets/img/project/time_log_calendar_day.gif">
 
 * You can also create Time Logs from 'week' and 'day' view of the calender.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Time Log - Drag Calender" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/project/time_log_calendar_week.gif">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Time Log - Drag Calender" src="assets/img/project/time_log_calendar_week.gif">
 
 * Time Logs for Manufacturing processes needs to be created from the Production Order. 
 * To create more Time Logs against Operations select the respective operation and click on the 'Make Time Log' button.
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 
 * If 'Billable' is not selected, the system shall display the 'Billing Amount' as 0.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Time Log - Costing" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/project/time_log_costing.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Time Log - Costing" src="assets/img/project/time_log_costing.png">
 
 * After submitting the Time Log, you need to create [Time Log batch](/contents/projects/time-log-batch) to further bill the Time Log.
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/selling/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/selling/index.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/selling/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/selling/index.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/selling/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/selling/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/selling/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/selling/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/selling/quotation.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/selling/quotation.md
similarity index 96%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/selling/quotation.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/selling/quotation.md
index ecee115..b260d90 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/selling/quotation.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/selling/quotation.md
@@ -11,11 +11,11 @@
 
 You can also create a Quotation from an Opportunity.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Make Quotation from Opportunity" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/selling/make-quote-from-opp.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Make Quotation from Opportunity" src="assets/img/selling/make-quote-from-opp.png">
 
 Or You can create a new Quotation and pull details from an Opportunity.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Make Quotation from Opportunity" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/selling/make-quotation.gif">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Make Quotation from Opportunity" src="assets/img/selling/make-quotation.gif">
 
 A Quotation contains details about:
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/selling/sales-order.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/selling/sales-order.md
similarity index 93%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/selling/sales-order.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/selling/sales-order.md
index e0984b0..313f46e 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/selling/sales-order.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/selling/sales-order.md
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 
 ### Sales Order Flow-Chart
 
-![Sales Order](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/sales-order-f.jpg)
+![Sales Order](assets/old_images/erpnext/sales-order-f.jpg)
 
 To create a new Sales Order go to:
 
@@ -21,11 +21,11 @@
 
 You can also create a Sales Order from a submitted Quotation.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Make Sales Order from Quotation" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/selling/make-SO-from-quote.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Make Sales Order from Quotation" src="assets/img/selling/make-SO-from-quote.png">
 
 Or you can create a new Sales Order and pull details from an Quotation.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Make Sales Order from Quotation" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/selling/make-so.gif">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Make Sales Order from Quotation" src="assets/img/selling/make-so.gif">
 
 Most of the information in your Sales Order is the same as the Quotation.
 There are a few amongst other things that a Sales Order will ask you to
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 ERPNext will automatically create new Order and mail a notification to the email IDs you set in the 'Notification Email Address'field.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Reccuring Sales Order" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/selling/recurring-sales-order.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Reccuring Sales Order" src="assets/img/selling/recurring-sales-order.png">
 
 ### Next Steps
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/selling/setup/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/selling/setup/index.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/selling/setup/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/selling/setup/index.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/selling/setup/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/selling/setup/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/selling/setup/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/selling/setup/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/selling/setup/item-price.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/selling/setup/item-price.md
similarity index 83%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/selling/setup/item-price.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/selling/setup/item-price.md
index eea33ea..1a25670 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/selling/setup/item-price.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/selling/setup/item-price.md
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 
 You can create multiple Price List in ERPNext to track Selling and Buying Price List of an item separtely. Also if item's selling prices id changing based on territory, or due to other criteria, you can create multiple selling Price List for it.
 
-![Item Price list](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/item-price-list.png)
+![Item Price list](assets/old_images/erpnext/item-price-list.png)
 
 On selection of Price List, its currency and for selling or buying property will be fetched as well.
 
@@ -24,13 +24,13 @@
 
 Select item for which Item Price record is to be created. On selection of Item Code, Item Name and Description will be fetched as well.
 
-![Item Price Item](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/item-price-item.png)
+![Item Price Item](assets/old_images/erpnext/item-price-item.png)
 
 Step 3: Enter Rate
 
 Enter selling/buying rate of an item in Price List currency.
 
-![Item Price Rate](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/item-price-rate.png)
+![Item Price Rate](assets/old_images/erpnext/item-price-rate.png)
 
 Step 4: Save Item Price
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/selling/setup/product-bundle.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/selling/setup/product-bundle.md
similarity index 91%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/selling/setup/product-bundle.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/selling/setup/product-bundle.md
index b80459d..2b83b0e 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/selling/setup/product-bundle.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/selling/setup/product-bundle.md
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 
 Selling > Setup > Product Bundle > New
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Product Bundle" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/selling/product-bundle.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Product Bundle" src="assets/img/selling/product-bundle.png">
 
 ###Select Parent Item
 
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
 When making Sales transactions like Sales Invoice, Sales Order and Delivery Note, 
 Parent Item will be selected in the main item table.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Product Bundle" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/selling/product-bundle.gif">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Product Bundle" src="assets/img/selling/product-bundle.gif">
 
 On selection on Parent Item in the main item table, its child items will be fetched in Packing List 
 table of the transaction. If child item is the serialized item, you will be able to specify its Serial Mo. 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/selling/setup/sales-partner.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/selling/setup/sales-partner.md
similarity index 74%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/selling/setup/sales-partner.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/selling/setup/sales-partner.md
index 024c204..820caed 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/selling/setup/sales-partner.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/selling/setup/sales-partner.md
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 
 Sales Partners are saved with Sales Partner name provided by user.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Sales Partner" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/selling/sales-partner.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Sales Partner" src="assets/img/selling/sales-partner.png">
 
 You can track their address and contact details and also allocate Sales Partner for each Item Group, based on Qty and Amount.
 
@@ -19,16 +19,16 @@
 To include the name of your Partner on your website, check the "Show in
 Website" box. When click on "Show in Website", you will see field where you can attach logo of partner's company and enter brief and introduction of partner.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Sales Partner" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/selling/sales-partner-website.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Sales Partner" src="assets/img/selling/sales-partner-website.png">
 
 To see listing of partner, you should go to:
 
 https://example.erpnext.com/partners
 
-![Sales Partner Listing](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/sales-partner-listing.png)
+![Sales Partner Listing](assets/old_images/erpnext/sales-partner-listing.png)
 
 Following is the complete partners details published on the website.
 
-![Sales Partner Published](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/sales-partner-published.png)
+![Sales Partner Published](assets/old_images/erpnext/sales-partner-published.png)
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/selling/setup/sales-person-target-allocation.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/selling/setup/sales-person-target-allocation.md
similarity index 84%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/selling/setup/sales-person-target-allocation.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/selling/setup/sales-person-target-allocation.md
index 9358ec0..1da5ada 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/selling/setup/sales-person-target-allocation.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/selling/setup/sales-person-target-allocation.md
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 
 In the Sales Person master, you will find table called Sales Person Target.
 
-![Sales Person Target Item Group](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/sales-person-target-item-group.png)
+![Sales Person Target Item Group](assets/old_images/erpnext/sales-person-target-item-group.png)
 
 In this table, you should select Item Group, Fiscal Year, Target Qty and Amount. 
 
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 
 If you wish to spread allocated target across months, then you shoult setup Target Distribution master, and select it in the Sales Person master. Considering our example, target for the month of December will be set as 5 qty (10% of total allocation).
 
-![Sales Person Target Distribution](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/sales-person-target-distribution.png)
+![Sales Person Target Distribution](assets/old_images/erpnext/sales-person-target-distribution.png)
 
 ####Report - Sales Person Target Variance Item Groupwise
 
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
 
 This report will provide you variance between target and actual performance of Sales Person. This report is based on Sales Order report.
 
-![Sales Person Item Group Report](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/sales-person-item-group-report.png)
+![Sales Person Item Group Report](assets/old_images/erpnext/sales-person-item-group-report.png)
 
 As per the report, allocated target to Sales Person for the month of December was 5 qty. However, Sales Order was made for this employee and Item Group for only 3 qty. Hence, variance of 2 qty is shown in the report.
 
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
 
 In the Territory master, you will find field to select Territory Manager. This field is linked to "Sales Person" master.
 
-![Sales Person Territory Manager](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/sales-person-territory-manager.png)
+![Sales Person Territory Manager](assets/old_images/erpnext/sales-person-territory-manager.png)
 
 ####2.2 Allocating Target
 
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
 
 This report will provide you variance between target and actual performance of Sales in particular territory. This report is based on Sales Order report. Though Sales Person is defined in the Territory master, its details are not pulled in the report.
 
-![Sales Person Territory Report](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/sales-person-territory-report.png)
+![Sales Person Territory Report](assets/old_images/erpnext/sales-person-territory-report.png)
 
 ---
 
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 
 `Accounts > Setup > Budget Distributon`
 
-![Target Distribution](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/target-distribution.png)
+![Target Distribution](assets/old_images/erpnext/target-distribution.png)
 
 You can link target distribution while allocation targets in Sales Person as well as in Territory master.
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/selling/setup/selling-settings.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/selling/setup/selling-settings.md
similarity index 96%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/selling/setup/selling-settings.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/selling/setup/selling-settings.md
index 5fc7bb5..0588511 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/selling/setup/selling-settings.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/selling/setup/selling-settings.md
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 Selling Setting is where you can define propertiese which will be applied in your selling transactions. 
 Let's check into each property one by one.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Selling Settings" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/selling/selling-settings.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Selling Settings" src="assets/img/selling/selling-settings.png">
 
 ####1. Customer Naming By
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/selling/setup/shipping-rule.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/selling/setup/shipping-rule.md
similarity index 63%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/selling/setup/shipping-rule.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/selling/setup/shipping-rule.md
index a5f9477..13dfe4c 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/selling/setup/shipping-rule.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/selling/setup/shipping-rule.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 Using Shipping Rule you can define the cost for delivering the product to the customer.
 You can define different shipping rules for the same item across different territories.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Shipping Rule" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/selling/shipping-rule.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Shipping Rule" src="assets/img/selling/shipping-rule.png">
 
 {next}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/authorization-rule.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/authorization-rule.md
similarity index 94%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/authorization-rule.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/authorization-rule.md
index fca4fd6..ae1e8ab 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/authorization-rule.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/authorization-rule.md
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 
 Set Above Value. Given the exmaple, Above Value will be set as 10000.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Authorization Rule" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/auth-rule.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Authorization Rule" src="assets/img/setup/auth-rule.png">
 
 If Sales User tries submitting Sales Order of value higher than 10000, then he will get error message.
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/bar-code.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/bar-code.md
similarity index 90%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/bar-code.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/bar-code.md
index 556d4e3..5584815 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/bar-code.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/bar-code.md
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
 
 #### Figure 1: Check the box 'Item Barcode'
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Barcode" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/barcode-1.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Barcode" src="assets/img/setup/barcode-1.png">
 
 
 To start scanning with a bar-code, go to  
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
   
 #### Figure 2: Check the box 'Is POS'
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Barcode" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/barcode-2.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Barcode" src="assets/img/setup/barcode-2.png">
 
 
 Go to Item and click on Add new row.  
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/calculate-incentive-for-sales-team.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/calculate-incentive-for-sales-team.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/calculate-incentive-for-sales-team.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/calculate-incentive-for-sales-team.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/company-setup.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/company-setup.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/company-setup.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/company-setup.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/data/bulk-rename.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/data/bulk-rename.md
similarity index 82%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/data/bulk-rename.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/data/bulk-rename.md
index 216edc6..fbbbc81 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/data/bulk-rename.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/data/bulk-rename.md
@@ -12,6 +12,6 @@
 
 To rename multiple records, upload a **.csv** file with the old name in the first column and the new name in the second column and click on **Upload**.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Bulk Rename" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/data/rename.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Bulk Rename" src="assets/img/setup/data/rename.png">
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/data/data-import-tool.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/data/data-import-tool.md
similarity index 88%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/data/data-import-tool.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/data/data-import-tool.md
index ffb700d..c59955b 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/data/data-import-tool.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/data/data-import-tool.md
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 To Open the data import tool, you either go to Setup or go to the Transaction
 you want to Import. If Data Import is allowed, you will see an Import Button:
 
-<img alt="Start Import" class="screenshot" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/data-import/data-import-1.png">
+<img alt="Start Import" class="screenshot" src="assets/img/setup/data-import/data-import-1.png">
 
 The tool has two sections, one to download a template and the second to upload
 the data.
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 implemented where there are multiple values for any property. For example an
 Item can have multiple prices, An Invoice has multiple Items and so on.
 
-<img alt="Download Template" class="screenshot" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/data-import/data-import-2.png">
+<img alt="Download Template" class="screenshot" src="assets/img/setup/data-import/data-import-2.png">
 
   * Click on the table you want to download or "All Tables"
   * For bulk editing, you can click on "Download With Data"
@@ -30,19 +30,19 @@
 After downloading the template, open it in a spreadsheet application and fill
 in the data below the column headings.
 
-![Spreadsheet](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/import-3.png)
+![Spreadsheet](assets/old_images/erpnext/import-3.png)
 
 Then export your template or save it as a **Comma Separated Values** (CSV)
 file.
 
-![Spreadsheet](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/import-4.png)
+![Spreadsheet](assets/old_images/erpnext/import-4.png)
 
 ### 3\. Upload the .csv File
 
 Finally attach the .csv file in the section. Click on the "Upload and Import"
 button.
 
-<img alt="Upload" class="screenshot" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/data-import/data-import-3.png">
+<img alt="Upload" class="screenshot" src="assets/img/setup/data-import/data-import-3.png">
 
 #### Notes:
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/data/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/data/index.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/data/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/data/index.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/data/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/data/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/data/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/data/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/email/email-account.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/email/email-account.md
similarity index 82%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/email/email-account.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/email/email-account.md
index 104341f..2707609 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/email/email-account.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/email/email-account.md
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 
 There are 2 types of email accounts, outgoing and incoming. Outgoing email accounts use an SMTP service to send emails and emails are retrived from your inbox using a POP service. Most email providers such as GMail, Outlook or Yahoo provide these services.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Defining Criteria" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/email/email-account-list.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Defining Criteria" src="assets/img/setup/email/email-account-list.png">
 
 ### Outgoing Email Accounts
 
@@ -18,13 +18,13 @@
 
 To setup an outgoing Email Account, check on **Enable Outgoing** and set your SMTP server settings, if you are using a popular email service, these will be preset for you.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Outgoing EMail" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/email/email-account-sending.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Outgoing EMail" src="assets/img/setup/email/email-account-sending.png">
 
 ### Incoming Email Accounts
 
 To setup an incoming Email Account, check on **Enable Incoming** and set your POP3 settings, if you are using a popular email service, these will be preset for you.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Incoming EMail" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/email/email-account-incoming.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Incoming EMail" src="assets/img/setup/email/email-account-incoming.png">
 
 ### How ERPNext handles replies
 
@@ -34,6 +34,6 @@
 
 If you would like ERPNext to notify you if an email is unreplied for a certain amount of time, then you can set **Notify if Unreplied**. Here you can set the number of minutes to wait before notifications are sent and whom the notifications must go to.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Incoming EMail" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/email/email-account-unreplied.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Incoming EMail" src="assets/img/setup/email/email-account-unreplied.png">
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/email/email-alerts.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/email/email-alerts.md
similarity index 85%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/email/email-alerts.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/email/email-alerts.md
index c2d91a9..c51738a 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/email/email-alerts.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/email/email-alerts.md
@@ -33,9 +33,9 @@
 ### Example
 
 1. Defining the Criteria
-    <img class="screenshot" alt="Defining Criteria" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/email/email-alert-1.png">
+    <img class="screenshot" alt="Defining Criteria" src="assets/img/setup/email/email-alert-1.png">
 
 1. Setting the Recipients and Message
-    <img class="screenshot" alt="Set Message" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/email/email-alert-2.png">
+    <img class="screenshot" alt="Set Message" src="assets/img/setup/email/email-alert-2.png">
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/email/email-digest.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/email/email-digest.md
similarity index 82%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/email/email-digest.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/email/email-digest.md
index a53137a..dc6dd8d 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/email/email-digest.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/email/email-digest.md
@@ -12,6 +12,6 @@
 
 Set your frequency, check all the items you want to receive in your weekly update and select the user ids whom you want to send the Digest to.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Email Digest" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/email/email-digest.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Email Digest" src="assets/img/setup/email/email-digest.png">
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/email/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/email/index.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/email/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/email/index.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/email/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/email/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/email/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/email/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/email/sending-email.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/email/sending-email.md
similarity index 72%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/email/sending-email.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/email/sending-email.md
index 420372d..ff9c03a 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/email/sending-email.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/email/sending-email.md
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 
 In ERPNext you can send any document as email (with a PDF attachment) by clicking on `Menu > Email` from any open document.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Send Email" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/email/send-email.gif">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Send Email" src="assets/img/setup/email/send-email.gif">
 
 **Note:** You must have outgoing [email accounts](/contents/setting-up/email/email-account) setup for this.
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/email/setting-up-email.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/email/setting-up-email.md
similarity index 91%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/email/setting-up-email.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/email/setting-up-email.md
index c38789d..448cf4b 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/email/setting-up-email.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/email/setting-up-email.md
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
 
 #### Figure 1: Set up outgoing mail server.
 
-![Email Settings](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/email-settings1.png)
+![Email Settings](assets/old_images/erpnext/email-settings1.png)
 
 Set your outgoing mail server settings here. These are the same settings you
 would use in your Outlook, Thunderbird, Apple Mail or other such email
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 #### Figure 2: Setup support Integration
 
-![Email Settings](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/email-settings2.png)
+![Email Settings](assets/old_images/erpnext/email-settings2.png)
 
 To make ERPNext pull emails from your mail box, enter the POP3 settings. (POP3
 is a way of extracting emails from your mailbox. It should be fairly easy to
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
 
 #### Figure 3: Set Auto Notification
 
-![Auto Notification](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/auto-notification.png)
+![Auto Notification](assets/old_images/erpnext/auto-notification.png)
 
 Check on the transactions you want to send via email directly on Submission
 and add a custom message if you want on these documents.
@@ -91,5 +91,5 @@
 
 #### Figure 4: Set up Email Digest
 
-![Email Digest](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/email-digest.png)
+![Email Digest](assets/old_images/erpnext/email-digest.png)
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/index.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/index.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/pos-setting.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/pos-setting.md
similarity index 88%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/pos-setting.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/pos-setting.md
index c64a8ed..74be63b 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/pos-setting.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/pos-setting.md
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 
 Set default values as defined.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="POS Setting" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/pos-setting/pos-setting.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="POS Setting" src="assets/img/pos-setting/pos-setting.png">
 
 > Important : If you specify a particular User, the POS setting will be
 applied only to that User. If the User option is left blank, the setting will
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/price-lists.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/price-lists.md
similarity index 91%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/price-lists.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/price-lists.md
index 772cb74..19ac41f 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/price-lists.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/price-lists.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 > Selling/Buying/Stock  > Setup > Price List >> New
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Price List" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/price-list/price-list.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Price List" src="assets/img/price-list/price-list.png">
 
 * These Price List will be used when creating Item Price record to track selling or buying price of an item. Click here to learn more about Item Price.
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/print/address-template.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/print/address-template.md
similarity index 90%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/print/address-template.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/print/address-template.md
index 802d258..e2b31080 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/print/address-template.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/print/address-template.md
@@ -26,6 +26,6 @@
 
 ### Example
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Print Heading" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/print/address-format.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Print Heading" src="assets/img/setup/print/address-format.png">
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/print/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/print/index.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/print/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/print/index.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/print/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/print/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/print/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/print/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/print/letter-head.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/print/letter-head.md
similarity index 74%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/print/letter-head.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/print/letter-head.md
index 71ad4f1..fec38e9 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/print/letter-head.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/print/letter-head.md
@@ -14,10 +14,10 @@
 
 ### Example
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Print Heading" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/print/letter-head.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Print Heading" src="assets/img/setup/print/letter-head.png">
 
 This is how the letter head looks in a document print:
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Print Heading" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/print/letter-head-1.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Print Heading" src="assets/img/setup/print/letter-head-1.png">
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/print/print-format-builder.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/print/print-format-builder.md
similarity index 70%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/print/print-format-builder.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/print/print-format-builder.md
index 906ef9a..36db3ae 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/print/print-format-builder.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/print/print-format-builder.md
@@ -10,19 +10,19 @@
 
 ### Step 1: Make a new Format
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Send Email" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/print/print-format-builder-1.gif">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Send Email" src="assets/img/setup/print/print-format-builder-1.gif">
 
 ### Step 2: Add a new Field
 
 To add a field, just drag it from the left sidebar and add it in your layout. You can edit the layout by clicking on the settings <i class="octicon octicon-gear"></i> icon.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Send Email" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/print/print-format-builder-2.gif">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Send Email" src="assets/img/setup/print/print-format-builder-2.gif">
 
 ### Step 3
 
 To remove a field, just drag it back into the fields sidebar.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Send Email" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/print/print-format-builder-3.gif">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Send Email" src="assets/img/setup/print/print-format-builder-3.gif">
 
 ### Step 4
 
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
 
 Then click on **Edit HTML** to edit your content.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Send Email" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/print/print-format-builder-4.gif">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Send Email" src="assets/img/setup/print/print-format-builder-4.gif">
 
 To save your format, just click on the **Save** button on the top.
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/print/print-headings.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/print/print-headings.md
similarity index 61%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/print/print-headings.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/print/print-headings.md
index 3a2c49a..e63e253 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/print/print-headings.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/print/print-headings.md
@@ -8,10 +8,10 @@
 
 #### Figure 1: Save Print Heading
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Print Heading" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/print/print-heading.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Print Heading" src="assets/img/setup/print/print-heading.png">
 
 Example of a change in print heading is shown below:
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Print Heading" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/print/print-heading-1.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Print Heading" src="assets/img/setup/print/print-heading-1.png">
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/print/print-settings.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/print/print-settings.md
similarity index 68%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/print/print-settings.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/print/print-settings.md
index 02170e1..e998d62 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/print/print-settings.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/print/print-settings.md
@@ -6,6 +6,6 @@
 
 > Setup > Printing and Branding > Print Settings
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Print Settings" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/print/print-settings.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Print Settings" src="assets/img/setup/print/print-settings.png">
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/print/terms-and-conditions.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/print/terms-and-conditions.md
similarity index 84%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/print/terms-and-conditions.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/print/terms-and-conditions.md
index 3a15d82..d025157 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/print/terms-and-conditions.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/print/terms-and-conditions.md
@@ -6,13 +6,13 @@
 
 `Selling > Terms and Condition > New`
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Terms and Conditions" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/print/terms-1.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Terms and Conditions" src="assets/img/setup/print/terms-1.png">
 
 ### 2. Editing in HTML
 
 Content of Terms and Condition can be formatted as per your preference, and also insert images where needed. If you have expertise in HTML, you will also find option to edit the content of Terms and Condition in HTML.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Terms and Conditions, Edit HTML" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/print/terms-2.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Terms and Conditions, Edit HTML" src="assets/img/setup/print/terms-2.png">
 
 This also allows you to use Terms and Condition master for footer, which otherwise is not availale in ERPNext as dedicated functionality. Since contents of Terms and Condition is always the last to appear in the print format, details of footer should be inserted at the end of the content, so that it actually appears as footer in the print format.
 
@@ -20,6 +20,6 @@
 
 In transactions, you will find section of Terms and Condition where you will be able to search and fetched required Terms and Condition master.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Terms and Conditions, Select in document" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/print/terms-3.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Terms and Conditions, Select in document" src="assets/img/setup/print/terms-3.png">
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setting-up-taxes.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setting-up-taxes.md
similarity index 93%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setting-up-taxes.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setting-up-taxes.md
index fefb786..3923ddc 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setting-up-taxes.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setting-up-taxes.md
@@ -22,11 +22,11 @@
 
 Item Tax table can be found as a section within the Item Master document.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Item Tax" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/taxes/item-tax.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Item Tax" src="assets/img/taxes/item-tax.png">
 
   * **Inclusive and Exclusive Tax**: ERPNext allows you to enter Item rates which are tax inclusive.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Inclusive Tax" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/taxes/inclusive-tax.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Inclusive Tax" src="assets/img/taxes/inclusive-tax.png">
 
   * **Exception to the rule**: Item tax settings are required only if a particular Item has a different tax rate than the rate defined in the standard tax Account
   * **Item tax is overwrite-able**: You can overwrite or change the item tax rate by going to the Item master in the Item tax table.
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
 
 > Setup > Accounts > Sales Taxes and Charge Master
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Sales Tax Master" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/taxes/sales-tax-master.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Sales Tax Master" src="assets/img/taxes/sales-tax-master.png">
 
 When you create a new master, you will have to add a row for each tax type.
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/settings/global-defaults.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/settings/global-defaults.md
similarity index 63%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/settings/global-defaults.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/settings/global-defaults.md
index e1cced2..ca654e5 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/settings/global-defaults.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/settings/global-defaults.md
@@ -6,6 +6,6 @@
 
 Whenever a new document is created, these values will be set as default.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Global Defaults" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/settings/global-defaults.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Global Defaults" src="assets/img/setup/settings/global-defaults.png">
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/settings/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/settings/index.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/settings/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/settings/index.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/settings/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/settings/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/settings/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/settings/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/settings/module-settings.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/settings/module-settings.md
similarity index 72%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/settings/module-settings.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/settings/module-settings.md
index 81f10e5..be0a47b 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/settings/module-settings.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/settings/module-settings.md
@@ -10,6 +10,6 @@
 
 Check / uncheck the items to show / hide.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Module Settings" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/settings/show-hide-modules.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Module Settings" src="assets/img/setup/settings/show-hide-modules.png">
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/settings/naming-series.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/settings/naming-series.md
similarity index 93%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/settings/naming-series.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/settings/naming-series.md
index d15404a..16f73ea 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/settings/naming-series.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/settings/naming-series.md
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 
 See how to set the naming series
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Naming Series" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/settings/naming-series.gif">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Naming Series" src="assets/img/setup/settings/naming-series.gif">
 
 {next}
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/settings/system-settings.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/settings/system-settings.md
similarity index 66%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/settings/system-settings.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/settings/system-settings.md
index ca594c8..4b2dcee 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/settings/system-settings.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/settings/system-settings.md
@@ -6,6 +6,6 @@
 
 > Setup > Settings > System Settings
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="System Settings" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/settings/system-settings.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="System Settings" src="assets/img/setup/settings/system-settings.png">
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setup-wizard/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setup-wizard/index.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setup-wizard/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setup-wizard/index.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setup-wizard/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setup-wizard/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setup-wizard/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setup-wizard/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-1-language.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-1-language.md
similarity index 71%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-1-language.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-1-language.md
index 002e8bd..79ead1b 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-1-language.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-1-language.md
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 
 Select your language. ERPNext is available in more than 20 languages.
 
-<img alt="Language" class="screenshot" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup-wizard/step-1.png">
+<img alt="Language" class="screenshot" src="assets/img/setup-wizard/step-1.png">
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-10-item.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-10-item.md
similarity index 85%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-10-item.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-10-item.md
index 34f5def..6896f4b 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-10-item.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-10-item.md
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 In this final step, please enter the names of the Items you buy or sell.
 
 <img alt="Add Items" class="screenshot"
-src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup-wizard/step-10.png">
+src="assets/img/setup-wizard/step-10.png">
 
 Please set the group of the item (Product / Service) and unit of measure. Don't worry you will be able to edit all of this later.
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-2-currency-and-timezone.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-2-currency-and-timezone.md
similarity index 65%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-2-currency-and-timezone.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-2-currency-and-timezone.md
index 932900f..ad5147b 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-2-currency-and-timezone.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-2-currency-and-timezone.md
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 
 Set your country name, currency and timezone.
 
-<img alt="Currency" class="screenshot" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup-wizard/step-2.png">
+<img alt="Currency" class="screenshot" src="assets/img/setup-wizard/step-2.png">
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-3-user-details.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-3-user-details.md
similarity index 75%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-3-user-details.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-3-user-details.md
index b7bef77..f586778 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-3-user-details.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-3-user-details.md
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 Enter Users Profile Details like Name, User ID and preferred password.
 
 <img alt="User" class="screenshot"
-src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup-wizard/step-3.png">
+src="assets/img/setup-wizard/step-3.png">
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-4-company-details.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-4-company-details.md
similarity index 92%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-4-company-details.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-4-company-details.md
index fc8ba55..197fa55 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-4-company-details.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-4-company-details.md
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 Enter Company Details like Name, Abbreviation and Financial Year Details.
 
 <img alt="Company Details" class="screenshot"
-src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup-wizard/step-4.png">
+src="assets/img/setup-wizard/step-4.png">
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-5-letterhead-and-logo.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-5-letterhead-and-logo.md
similarity index 92%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-5-letterhead-and-logo.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-5-letterhead-and-logo.md
index 706552d..4ead081 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-5-letterhead-and-logo.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-5-letterhead-and-logo.md
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 Attach Company Letterhead and Company Logo.
 
 <img alt="Company Logo and Letterhead" class="screenshot"
-src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup-wizard/step-5.png">
+src="assets/img/setup-wizard/step-5.png">
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-6-add-users.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-6-add-users.md
similarity index 69%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-6-add-users.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-6-add-users.md
index 546bc5a..4aeadf3 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-6-add-users.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-6-add-users.md
@@ -3,6 +3,6 @@
 Add other users and assign them roles based on their job responsibilities.
 
 <img alt="Users" class="screenshot"
-src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup-wizard/step-6.png">
+src="assets/img/setup-wizard/step-6.png">
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-7-tax-details.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-7-tax-details.md
similarity index 95%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-7-tax-details.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-7-tax-details.md
index 0f8d7a1..fef997a 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-7-tax-details.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-7-tax-details.md
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 Enter any three types of taxes which you regularly pay. This wizard will create a tax master which will calculate the taxes as per the tax-type.
 
 <img alt="Tax Details" class="screenshot"
-src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup-wizard/step-7.png">
+src="assets/img/setup-wizard/step-7.png">
 
 Just set the tax name and the standard percentage levied.
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-8-customer-names.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-8-customer-names.md
similarity index 90%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-8-customer-names.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-8-customer-names.md
index b67c144..e0dd743 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-8-customer-names.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-8-customer-names.md
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 
 
 <img alt="Customers" class="screenshot"
-src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup-wizard/step-8.png">
+src="assets/img/setup-wizard/step-8.png">
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-9-suppliers.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-9-suppliers.md
similarity index 76%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-9-suppliers.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-9-suppliers.md
index 743a96b..1fb702c 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-9-suppliers.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/setup-wizard/step-9-suppliers.md
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 Enter a few of your Suppliers' names.
 
 <img alt="Suppliers" class="screenshot"
-src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup-wizard/step-9.png">
+src="assets/img/setup-wizard/step-9.png">
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/sms-setting.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/sms-setting.md
similarity index 88%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/sms-setting.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/sms-setting.md
index 113405e..0d324d7 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/sms-setting.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/sms-setting.md
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
     http://instant.smses.com/web2sms.php?username=<USERNAME>&password;=<PASSWORD>&to;=<MOBILENUMBER>&sender;=<SENDERID>&message;=<MESSAGE>
     
 
-![SMS Settings](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/sms-setting2.jpg)
+![SMS Settings](assets/old_images/erpnext/sms-setting2.jpg)
 
 > Note: the string up to the "?" is the SMS Gateway URL
 
@@ -35,6 +35,6 @@
 from your SMS Provider like username, password etc. These static values should
 be entered in the Static Parameters table.
 
-![SMS Setting](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/sms-settings1.png)
+![SMS Setting](assets/old_images/erpnext/sms-settings1.png)
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/stock-reconciliation-for-non-serialized-item.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/stock-reconciliation-for-non-serialized-item.md
similarity index 92%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/stock-reconciliation-for-non-serialized-item.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/stock-reconciliation-for-non-serialized-item.md
index 5c4effe..21049c4 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/stock-reconciliation-for-non-serialized-item.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/stock-reconciliation-for-non-serialized-item.md
@@ -27,11 +27,11 @@
 
 A predefined template of an spreadsheet file should be followed for importing item's stock levels and valuations. Open new Stock Reconciliation form to see download option.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Stock Reconciliation" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/stock-recon-1.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Stock Reconciliation" src="assets/img/setup/stock-recon-1.png">
 
 #### Step 2: Enter Data in csv file.
 
-![Stock Reco Data](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/stock-reco-data.png)
+![Stock Reco Data](assets/old_images/erpnext/stock-reco-data.png)
 
 The csv format is case-sensitive. Do not edit the headers which are preset in the template. In the Item Code and Warehouse column, enter exact Item Code and Warehouse as created in your ERPNext account. For quatity, enter stock level you wish to set for that item, in a specific warehouse. If you do not want to change the quantity or valuation rate of an Item, you should leave it blank.
 
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
 
 #### **Step 3: Upload file and Enter Values in Stock Reconciliation Form
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Stock Reconciliation" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/stock-recon-2.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Stock Reconciliation" src="assets/img/setup/stock-recon-2.png">
 
 **Posting Date**
 
@@ -63,11 +63,11 @@
 
 #### Step 4: Review the reconciliation data
 
-![Stock Reco Review](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/stock-reco-upload.png)
+![Stock Reco Review](assets/old_images/erpnext/stock-reco-upload.png)
 
 ### Stock Ledger Report
 
-![Stock Reco Ledger](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/stock-reco-ledger.png)
+![Stock Reco Ledger](assets/old_images/erpnext/stock-reco-ledger.png)
 
 **How Stock Reconciliation Works**
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/territory.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/territory.md
similarity index 80%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/territory.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/territory.md
index 007542a..7ef1a23 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/territory.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/territory.md
@@ -5,6 +5,6 @@
 territory v/s what you had planned.
 You can also set different pricing for the same product sold across different territories.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Territory Tree" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/crm/territory-tree.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Territory Tree" src="assets/img/crm/territory-tree.png">
 
 {next}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/third-party-backups.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/third-party-backups.md
similarity index 84%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/third-party-backups.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/third-party-backups.md
index 0a93b36..5f352c9 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/third-party-backups.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/third-party-backups.md
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 
 #### Figure 1: Manage Third Party Backup
 
-![Third Party Backups](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/third-party-backups.png)
+![Third Party Backups](assets/old_images/erpnext/third-party-backups.png)
 
 On the Backup Manager page, enter the email addresses of those people whom you
 wish to notify about the upload status. Under the topic 'Sync with Dropbox',
@@ -22,11 +22,11 @@
 
 #### Figure 2: Allow Dropbox Access
 
-![Backup Manager](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/backup-manager.png)
+![Backup Manager](assets/old_images/erpnext/backup-manager.png)
 
 You need to login to your dropbox account, with your user id and password.
 
-![Dropbox Access](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/dropbox-access.png)
+![Dropbox Access](assets/old_images/erpnext/dropbox-access.png)
 
 ## Open Source Users
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/users-and-permissions/adding-users.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/users-and-permissions/adding-users.md
similarity index 69%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/users-and-permissions/adding-users.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/users-and-permissions/adding-users.md
index a4201cd..c3408a6 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/users-and-permissions/adding-users.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/users-and-permissions/adding-users.md
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 
 ### 1. List of Users
 
-<img class="screenshot" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/users/user-1.png" alt="User List">
+<img class="screenshot" src="assets/img/setup/users/user-1.png" alt="User List">
 
 
 To add a new user, click on "New"
@@ -25,19 +25,19 @@
 the user to have and save the document. To click on what permissions translate into roles, click on the role
 name.
 
-<img class="screenshot" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/users/user-2.png" alt="User Roles">
+<img class="screenshot" src="assets/img/setup/users/user-2.png" alt="User Roles">
 
 ### 4. Setting Module Access
 
 Users will have access to all modules for which they have role based access. If you want to block certain modules for certain users, un-check the module from the list.
 
-<img class="screenshot" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/users/user-3.png" alt="User Block Module">
+<img class="screenshot" src="assets/img/setup/users/user-3.png" alt="User Block Module">
 
 ### 5. Security Settings
 
 If you wish to give the user access to the system only between office hours,
 or during weekends, mention it under security settings.
 
-<img class="screenshot" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/users/user-4.png" alt="User Security">
+<img class="screenshot" src="assets/img/setup/users/user-4.png" alt="User Security">
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/users-and-permissions/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/users-and-permissions/index.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/users-and-permissions/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/users-and-permissions/index.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/users-and-permissions/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/users-and-permissions/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/users-and-permissions/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/users-and-permissions/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/users-and-permissions/role-based-permissions.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/users-and-permissions/role-based-permissions.md
similarity index 82%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/users-and-permissions/role-based-permissions.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/users-and-permissions/role-based-permissions.md
index bbbc4da..d9c476d 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/users-and-permissions/role-based-permissions.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/users-and-permissions/role-based-permissions.md
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 To start with, go to:
 > Setup > Permissions > Role Permissions Manager
 
-<img alt="Manage Read, Write, Create, Submit, Amend access using the Role Permissions Manager" class="screenshot" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/users-and-permissions/setting-up-permissions-leave-application.png">
+<img alt="Manage Read, Write, Create, Submit, Amend access using the Role Permissions Manager" class="screenshot" src="assets/img/users-and-permissions/setting-up-permissions-leave-application.png">
 
 Permissions are applied on a combination of:
 
@@ -38,37 +38,37 @@
 
 Leave Application is a good **example** that encompasses all areas of Permission System.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Leave Application Form should be created by an Employee, and approved by Leave Approver or HR User" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/users-and-permissions/setting-up-permissions-leave-application-form.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Leave Application Form should be created by an Employee, and approved by Leave Approver or HR User" src="assets/img/users-and-permissions/setting-up-permissions-leave-application-form.png">
 
    1. **It should be created by an Employee.**
      For this, Employee Role should be given Read, Write, Create permissions.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Giving Read, Write and Create Permissions to Employee for Leave Application"  src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/users-and-permissions/setting-up-permissions-employee-role.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Giving Read, Write and Create Permissions to Employee for Leave Application"  src="assets/img/users-and-permissions/setting-up-permissions-employee-role.png">
 
    1. **An Employee should only be able to access his/her Leave Application.**
      Hence, Apply User Permissions should be enabled for Employee Role, and a User Permission record should be created for each User Employee combination. (This effort is reduced for Employee Document Type, by programmatically creating User Permission records.)
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Limiting access to Leave Applications for a user with Employee Role via User Permissions Manager" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/setting-up-permissions-employee-user-permissions.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Limiting access to Leave Applications for a user with Employee Role via User Permissions Manager" src="assets/old_images/erpnext/setting-up-permissions-employee-user-permissions.png">
 
    1. **HR Manager should be able to see all Leave Applications.**
      Create a Permission Rule for HR Manager at Level 0, with Read permissions. Apply User Permissions should be disabled.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Giving Submit and Cancel permissions to HR Manager for Leave Applications. 'Apply User Permissions' is unchecked to give full access." src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/users-and-permissions/setting-up-permissions-hr-manager-role.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Giving Submit and Cancel permissions to HR Manager for Leave Applications. 'Apply User Permissions' is unchecked to give full access." src="assets/img/users-and-permissions/setting-up-permissions-hr-manager-role.png">
 
    2. **Leave Approver should be able to see and update Leave Applications applicable to him/her.**
      Leave Approver is given Read and Write access at Level 0, with Apply User Permissions enabled. Relevant Employee Documents should be enlisted in the User Permissions of Leave Approvers. (This effort is reduced for Leave Approvers mentioned in Employee Documents, by programmatically creating User Permission records.)
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Giving Read, Write and Submit permissions to Leave Approver for Leave Applications.'Apply User Permissions' is checked to limit access based on Employee." src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/users-and-permissions/setting-up-permissions-leave-approver-role.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Giving Read, Write and Submit permissions to Leave Approver for Leave Applications.'Apply User Permissions' is checked to limit access based on Employee." src="assets/img/users-and-permissions/setting-up-permissions-leave-approver-role.png">
 
    3. **It should be Approved / Rejected only by HR User or Leave Approver.**
      The Status field of Leave Application is set at Level 1. HR User and Leave Approver are given Read and Write permissions for Level 1, while everyone else (All) are given Read permission for Level 1.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Limiting read access for a set of fields to certain Roles" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/setting-up-permissions-level-1.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Limiting read access for a set of fields to certain Roles" src="assets/old_images/erpnext/setting-up-permissions-level-1.png">
 
 
    4. **HR User should be able to delegate Leave Applications to his/her subordinates**
      HR User is given the right to Set User Permissions. A User with HR User role would be able to defined User Permissions on Leave Application for other users.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Let HR User delegate access to Leave Applications by checking 'Set User Permissions'. This will allow HR User to access User Permissions Manager for 'Leave Application'" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/users-and-permissions/setting-up-permissions-hr-user-role.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Let HR User delegate access to Leave Applications by checking 'Set User Permissions'. This will allow HR User to access User Permissions Manager for 'Leave Application'" src="assets/img/users-and-permissions/setting-up-permissions-hr-user-role.png">
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/users-and-permissions/sharing.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/users-and-permissions/sharing.md
similarity index 73%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/users-and-permissions/sharing.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/users-and-permissions/sharing.md
index 76b162e..e39c010 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/users-and-permissions/sharing.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/users-and-permissions/sharing.md
@@ -4,6 +4,6 @@
 
 To share a document, open the document, click on the "+" icon under sharing and select the user
 
-<img class="screenshot" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/users/share.gif">
+<img class="screenshot" src="assets/img/setup/users/share.gif">
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/users-and-permissions/user-permissions.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/users-and-permissions/user-permissions.md
similarity index 80%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/users-and-permissions/user-permissions.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/users-and-permissions/user-permissions.md
index 640c6f9..58b89dc 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/users-and-permissions/user-permissions.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/users-and-permissions/user-permissions.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 > Setup > Permissions > User Permissions Manager
 
 <figure>
-	<img src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/users-and-permissions/user-permissions-company.png"
+	<img src="assets/img/users-and-permissions/user-permissions-company.png"
 		class="img-responsive" alt="User Permissions Manager">
 	<figcaption>User Permissions Manager displaying how users can access only a specific Company.</figcaption>
 </figure>
@@ -19,21 +19,21 @@
 
   1. We add a User Permissions row for Company.
 	<figure>
-		<img src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/users-and-permissions/user-permission-user-limited-by-company.png"
+		<img src="assets/img/users-and-permissions/user-permission-user-limited-by-company.png"
 			class="img-responsive" alt="User Permissions For Company">
 		<figcaption>Add User Permissions row for a combination of User 'aromn@example.com' and Company 'Wind Power LLC'.</figcaption>
 	</figure>
 
   1. Also Role "All" has only Read permission for Company, with 'Apply User Permissions' checked.
 	<figure>
-		<img src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/users-and-permissions/user-permissions-company-role-all.png"
+		<img src="assets/img/users-and-permissions/user-permissions-company-role-all.png"
 			class="img-responsive" alt="Role Permissions for All on Company">
 		<figcaption>Read Permission with Apply User Permissions checked for DocType Company.</figcaption>
 	</figure>
 
   1. The combined effect of the above two rules lead to User 'aromn@example.com' having only Read access to Company 'Wind Power LLC'.
 	<figure>
-		<img src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/users-and-permissions/user-permissions-company-wind-power-llc.png"
+		<img src="assets/img/users-and-permissions/user-permissions-company-wind-power-llc.png"
 			class="img-responsive" alt="Effect of Role and User Permissions on Company">
 		<figcaption>Access is limited to Company 'Wind Power LLC'.</figcaption>
 	</figure>
@@ -41,29 +41,29 @@
   1. We want this User Permission on Company to get applied on other documents like Quotation, Sales Order, etc.
 These forms have a **Link Field based on Company**. As a result, User Permissions on Company also get applied on these documents, which leads to User 'aromn@example.com' to acces these documents having Company 'Wind Power LLC'.
 	<figure>
-		<img src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/users-and-permissions/user-permissions-quotation-sales-user.png"
+		<img src="assets/img/users-and-permissions/user-permissions-quotation-sales-user.png"
 			class="img-responsive" alt="Sales User Role Permissions for Quotation">
 		<figcaption>Users with Sales User Role can Read, Write, Create, Submit and Cancel Quotations based on their User Permissions, since 'Apply User Permissions' is checked.</figcaption>
 	</figure>
 	<figure>
-		<img src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/user-permissions-quotation-list.png"
+		<img src="assets/old_images/erpnext/user-permissions-quotation-list.png"
 			class="img-responsive" alt="Quotation List limited to results for Company 'Wind Power LLC'">
 		<figcaption>Quotation List is limited to results for Company 'Wind Power LLC' for User 'aromn@example.com'.</figcaption>
 	</figure>
 
   1. User Permissions get applied automatically based on Link Fields, just like how it worked for Quotation. But, Lead Form has 4 Link fields: Territory, Company, Lead Owner and Next Contact By. Say, you want Leads to limit access to Users based only on Territory, even though you have defined User Permissions for DocTypes User, Territory and Company. You can do this by setting 'Ignore User Permissions' for Link fields: Company, Lead Owner and Next Contact By.
 	<figure>
-		<img src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/users-and-permissions/user-permissions-lead-role-permissions.png"
+		<img src="assets/img/users-and-permissions/user-permissions-lead-role-permissions.png"
 			class="img-responsive" alt="Role Permissions on Lead for Sales User Role">
 		<figcaption>Sales User can Read, Write and Create Leads limited by User Permissions.</figcaption>
 	</figure>
 	<figure>
-		<img src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/users-and-permissions/user-permissions-ignore-user-permissions.png"
+		<img src="assets/img/users-and-permissions/user-permissions-ignore-user-permissions.png"
 			class="img-responsive" alt="Set Ingore User Permissions from Setup > Customize > Customize Form">
 		<figcaption>Check 'Ingore User Permissions' for Company, Lead Owner and Next Contact By fields using Setup > Customize > Customize Form for Lead.</figcaption>
 	</figure>
 	<figure>
-		<img src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/user-permissions-lead-based-on-territory.png"
+		<img src="assets/old_images/erpnext/user-permissions-lead-based-on-territory.png"
 			class="img-responsive" alt="Lead List is limited to records with Territory 'United States'">
 		<figcaption>Due to the effect of the above combination, User 'aromn@example.com' can only access Leads with Territory 'United States'.</figcaption>
 	</figure>
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/workflows.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/workflows.md
similarity index 78%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/workflows.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/workflows.md
index 5ae4bae..329eaf5 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/setting-up/workflows.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/setting-up/workflows.md
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 Manager, who is the approving authority, will either Approve or Reject this
 request. Accordingly,the user will get his Approved or Rejected status.
 
-![Workflow](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/workflow-leave-fl.jpg)
+![Workflow](assets/old_images/erpnext/workflow-leave-fl.jpg)
 
 To make this Workflow and transition rules go to :
 
@@ -19,11 +19,11 @@
 
 #### Step 1: Enter the different states of Leave Approval Process.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Workflow" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/workflow-1.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Workflow" src="assets/img/setup/workflow-1.png">
 
 #### Step 2: Enter Transition Rules.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Workflow" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/setup/workflow-2.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Workflow" src="assets/img/setup/workflow-2.png">
 
 #### Notes:
 
@@ -50,17 +50,17 @@
 When a Leave Application is submitted, the status on the right hand corner of
 the page shows as "Applied"
 
-![Workflow Employee LA](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/workflow-employee-la.png)
+![Workflow Employee LA](assets/old_images/erpnext/workflow-employee-la.png)
 
 When the HR User logs in, he can either Approve or Reject. If approved the
 status on the right hand corner of the page shows as Approved. However, a blue
 band of information is displayed saying approval is pending by leave approver.
 
-![Leave Approver](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/workflow-hr-user-la.png)
+![Leave Approver](assets/old_images/erpnext/workflow-hr-user-la.png)
 
 When the leave approver opens the Leave Application page, he should select the
 status and convert to Approved or Rejected.
 
-![Workflow Leave Approver](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/workflow-leave-approver-la.png)
+![Workflow Leave Approver](assets/old_images/erpnext/workflow-leave-approver-la.png)
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/accounting-of-inventory-stock/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/accounting-of-inventory-stock/index.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/stock/accounting-of-inventory-stock/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/accounting-of-inventory-stock/index.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/accounting-of-inventory-stock/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/accounting-of-inventory-stock/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/stock/accounting-of-inventory-stock/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/accounting-of-inventory-stock/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/accounting-of-inventory-stock/migrate-to-perpetual-inventory.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/accounting-of-inventory-stock/migrate-to-perpetual-inventory.md
similarity index 95%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/stock/accounting-of-inventory-stock/migrate-to-perpetual-inventory.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/accounting-of-inventory-stock/migrate-to-perpetual-inventory.md
index 0e64fce..f630691 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/accounting-of-inventory-stock/migrate-to-perpetual-inventory.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/accounting-of-inventory-stock/migrate-to-perpetual-inventory.md
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 
 > Setup > Accounts Settings > Make Accounting Entry For Every Stock Movement
 
-![Activation](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/accounting-for-stock-1.png)  
+![Activation](assets/old_images/erpnext/accounting-for-stock-1.png)  
   
 
   * Create Stock Entry (Material Transfer) to transfer available stock from existing warehouse to new warehouse. As stock will be available in the new warehouse, you should select the new warehouse for all the future transactions.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/accounting-of-inventory-stock/perpetual-inventory.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/accounting-of-inventory-stock/perpetual-inventory.md
similarity index 86%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/stock/accounting-of-inventory-stock/perpetual-inventory.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/accounting-of-inventory-stock/perpetual-inventory.md
index 870bc98..b6adc36 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/accounting-of-inventory-stock/perpetual-inventory.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/accounting-of-inventory-stock/perpetual-inventory.md
@@ -143,11 +143,11 @@
 <p><strong>Stock Ledger</strong>
 </p>
 
-![pr<em>stock</em>ledger](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/accounting-for-stock-2.png)
+![pr<em>stock</em>ledger](assets/old_images/erpnext/accounting-for-stock-2.png)
 
 **General Ledger**
 
-![pr<em>general</em>ledger](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/accounting-for-stock-3.png)
+![pr<em>general</em>ledger](assets/old_images/erpnext/accounting-for-stock-3.png)
 
 As stock balance increases through Purchase Receipt, "Store" and "Fixed Asset
 Warehouse" accounts are debited and a temporary account "Stock Receipt But Not
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@
 
 **General Ledger**
 
-![pi<em>general</em>ledger](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/accounting-for-stock-4.png)
+![pi<em>general</em>ledger](assets/old_images/erpnext/accounting-for-stock-4.png)
 
 Here "Stock Received But Not Billed" account is debited and nullified the
 effect of Purchase Receipt.
@@ -220,11 +220,11 @@
 
 **Stock Ledger**
 
-![dn<em>stock</em>ledger](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/accounting-for-stock-5.png)
+![dn<em>stock</em>ledger](assets/old_images/erpnext/accounting-for-stock-5.png)
 
 **General Ledger**
 
-![dn<em>general</em>ledger](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/accounting-for-stock-6.png)
+![dn<em>general</em>ledger](assets/old_images/erpnext/accounting-for-stock-6.png)
 
 As item is delivered from "Stores" warehouse, "Stores" account is credited and
 equal amount is debited to the expense account "Cost of Goods Sold". The
@@ -254,11 +254,11 @@
 
 **Stock Ledger**
 
-![si<em>stock</em>ledger](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/accounting-for-stock-7.png)
+![si<em>stock</em>ledger](assets/old_images/erpnext/accounting-for-stock-7.png)
 
 **General Ledger**
 
-![si<em>general</em>ledger](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/accounting-for-stock-8.png)
+![si<em>general</em>ledger](assets/old_images/erpnext/accounting-for-stock-8.png)
 
 Here, apart from normal account entries for invoice, "Stores" and "Cost of
 Goods Sold" accounts are also affected based on the valuation amount.
@@ -292,11 +292,11 @@
 
 **Stock Ledger**
 
-![mr<em>stock</em>ledger](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/accounting-for-stock-9.png)
+![mr<em>stock</em>ledger](assets/old_images/erpnext/accounting-for-stock-9.png)
 
 **General Ledger**
 
-![mr<em>stock</em>ledger](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/accounting-for-stock-10.png)
+![mr<em>stock</em>ledger](assets/old_images/erpnext/accounting-for-stock-10.png)
 
 * * *
 
@@ -327,11 +327,11 @@
 
 **Stock Ledger**
 
-![mi<em>stock</em>ledger](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/accounting-for-stock-11.png)
+![mi<em>stock</em>ledger](assets/old_images/erpnext/accounting-for-stock-11.png)
 
 **General Ledger**
 
-![mi<em>stock</em>ledger](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/accounting-for-stock-12.png)
+![mi<em>stock</em>ledger](assets/old_images/erpnext/accounting-for-stock-12.png)
 
 * * *
 
@@ -364,8 +364,8 @@
 
 **Stock Ledger**
 
-![mtn<em>stock</em>ledger](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/accounting-for-stock-13.png)
+![mtn<em>stock</em>ledger](assets/old_images/erpnext/accounting-for-stock-13.png)
 
 **General Ledger**
 
-![mtn<em>general</em>ledger](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/accounting-for-stock-14.png)
\ No newline at end of file
+![mtn<em>general</em>ledger](assets/old_images/erpnext/accounting-for-stock-14.png)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/batch.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/batch.md
similarity index 93%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/stock/batch.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/batch.md
index 20ff42d..cdb9cdd 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/batch.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/batch.md
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
 Hence eveytime there is Purchase Receipt or Production entry being made for a batch item, 
 you will first create its Batch No, and then select it in Purcase order or Production Entry.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="batch" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/stock/batch.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="batch" src="assets/img/stock/batch.png">
 
 > Note: In stock transactions, Batch IDs will be filtered based on Item Code, Warehouse, 
 Batch Expiry Date (compared with Posting date of a transaction) and Actual Qty in Warehouse. 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/delivery-note.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/delivery-note.md
similarity index 94%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/stock/delivery-note.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/delivery-note.md
index c5c19d6..e2cdd5e 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/delivery-note.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/delivery-note.md
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 or from a “Submitted” Sales Order (that is not already shipped) by clicking on
 “Make Delivery Note”.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Delivery Note" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/stock/delivery-note.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Delivery Note" src="assets/img/stock/delivery-note.png">
 
 You can also “fetch” the details from an unshipped Sales Order.
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/index.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/stock/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/index.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/stock/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/installation-note.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/installation-note.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d59c8e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/installation-note.md
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+You can use installation note to record the instalation of a product having a serial number.
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Installation Note" src="assets/img/stock/installation-note.png">
+
+{next}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/selling/setup/item-price.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/item-price.md
similarity index 83%
copy from erpnext/docs/user/selling/setup/item-price.md
copy to erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/item-price.md
index eea33ea..1a25670 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/selling/setup/item-price.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/item-price.md
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 
 You can create multiple Price List in ERPNext to track Selling and Buying Price List of an item separtely. Also if item's selling prices id changing based on territory, or due to other criteria, you can create multiple selling Price List for it.
 
-![Item Price list](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/item-price-list.png)
+![Item Price list](assets/old_images/erpnext/item-price-list.png)
 
 On selection of Price List, its currency and for selling or buying property will be fetched as well.
 
@@ -24,13 +24,13 @@
 
 Select item for which Item Price record is to be created. On selection of Item Code, Item Name and Description will be fetched as well.
 
-![Item Price Item](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/item-price-item.png)
+![Item Price Item](assets/old_images/erpnext/item-price-item.png)
 
 Step 3: Enter Rate
 
 Enter selling/buying rate of an item in Price List currency.
 
-![Item Price Rate](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/item-price-rate.png)
+![Item Price Rate](assets/old_images/erpnext/item-price-rate.png)
 
 Step 4: Save Item Price
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/item-valuation-fifo-and-moving-average.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/item-valuation-fifo-and-moving-average.md
similarity index 95%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/stock/item-valuation-fifo-and-moving-average.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/item-valuation-fifo-and-moving-average.md
index ef0a413..2e1f286 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/item-valuation-fifo-and-moving-average.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/item-valuation-fifo-and-moving-average.md
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 
   * **FIFO (First In First Out):** In this system, ERPNext assumes that you will consume / sell those Items first which you bought first. For example, if you buy an Item at price X and then after a few days at price Y, whenever you sell your Item, ERPNext will reduce the quantity of the Item priced at X first and then Y.
 
-![FIFO](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/fifo.png)
+![FIFO](assets/old_images/erpnext/fifo.png)
 
   * **Moving Average:** In this method, ERPNext assumes that the value of the item at any point is the average price of the units of that Item in stock. For example, if the value of an Item is X in a Warehouse with quantity Y and another quantity Y1 is added to the Warehouse at cost X1, the new value X2 would be:
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/item/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/item/index.md
similarity index 95%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/stock/item/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/item/index.md
index 5db91e5..a369612 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/item/index.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/item/index.md
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 ### Purchase Details
 
-![Purchase Details](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/item-purchase.png)
+![Purchase Details](assets/old_images/erpnext/item-purchase.png)
 
 **Lead time days:** Lead time days are the number of days required for the Item to reach the warehouse.
 
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
 
 ### Sales Details
 
-![Sales Details](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/item-sales.png)
+![Sales Details](assets/old_images/erpnext/item-sales.png)
 
 **Default Income Account:** Income account selected here will be fetched automatically in sales invoice for this item.
 
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
 
 ### Manufacturing And Website
 
-![Manufacturing](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/item-manufacturing-website.png)
+![Manufacturing](assets/old_images/erpnext/item-manufacturing-website.png)
 
 Visit [Manufacturing](/contents/manufacturing) and [Website ](/contents/website)to understand these topics in detail.
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/item/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/item/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/stock/item/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/item/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/item/item-codification.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/item/item-codification.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/stock/item/item-codification.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/item/item-codification.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/item/item-variants.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/item/item-variants.md
similarity index 67%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/stock/item/item-variants.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/item/item-variants.md
index 149e0b5..1f3300d 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/item/item-variants.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/item/item-variants.md
@@ -6,19 +6,19 @@
 
 * The Item shall then be referred as a 'Template'
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Has Variants" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/stock/item-has-variants.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Has Variants" src="assets/img/stock/item-has-variants.png">
 
 On selecting 'Has Variants' a table shall appear. Specify the variant attributes for the Item in the table.
 In case the attribute has Numeric Values, you can specify the range and increment values here. 
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Valid Attributes" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/stock/item-attributes.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Valid Attributes" src="assets/img/stock/item-attributes.png">
 
 > Note: You cannot make Transactions against a 'Template'
 
 To create 'Item Variants' against a 'Template' select 'Make Variants'
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Make Variants" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/stock/make-variant.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Make Variants" src="assets/img/stock/make-variant.png">
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Make Variants" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/stock/make-variant-1.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Make Variants" src="assets/img/stock/make-variant-1.png">
 
 To learn more about setting Attributes Master check [Item Attributes](/contents/stock/setup/item-attribute)
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/item/purchase-details.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/item/purchase-details.md
similarity index 89%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/stock/item/purchase-details.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/item/purchase-details.md
index ce3cbd6..e4acac6 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/item/purchase-details.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/item/purchase-details.md
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 
 A warranty means a guarantee or a promise which provides assurance by one party to the other party which allows for a legal remedy if that promise is not true or followed. A warranty period is a time period in which a purchased product may be returned or exchanged.
 
-![Warranty](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/faq-warranty.png)
+![Warranty](assets/old_images/erpnext/faq-warranty.png)
 
 # How To Name A Manufacturer Part Number?
 
@@ -17,6 +17,6 @@
 
 A manufacturer part number is a series of numbers and /or letters that has been given to a part by the manufacturer. The manufacturer part number belongs to the manufacturer and helps distinguish the part from other manufacturers. If two parts come from different manufacturers, they will have different MPNs. This allows businesses to identify which company made the part.
 
-![Part No](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/faq-manufacturer-part-no.png)
+![Part No](assets/old_images/erpnext/faq-manufacturer-part-no.png)
 
 __For Example:__ A refrigerator will have different parts which will have manufacturer part number. Thus, when any part fails and you want to replace it, you can simply order that part based on its part number.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/item/reorder.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/item/reorder.md
similarity index 88%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/stock/item/reorder.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/item/reorder.md
index 7ae57cf..6b3d513 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/item/reorder.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/item/reorder.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 The Re-order level is the point at which stock on a particular item has diminished to a point where it needs to be replenished. To order based on Re-order level can avoid shortages. Re-order level can be determined based on the lead time and the average daily consumption.
 
-![Reorder Level](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/faq-reorder-level.png)
+![Reorder Level](assets/old_images/erpnext/faq-reorder-level.png)
 
 __For example:__ You can set your reorder level of bath towels at 10. When there are only 10 towels remaining in stock, the system will either send a mail or take action depending upon what you have selected in global settings.
 
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 
 Re-order quantity is the quantity to order, so that the sum of ordering cost and holding cost is at its minimum.The re-order quantity is based on the minimum order quantity specified by the supplier and many other factors.
 
-![Reorder Quantity](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/faq-reorder-qty.png)
+![Reorder Quantity](assets/old_images/erpnext/faq-reorder-qty.png)
 
 __For example:__ If reorder level is 100 items, your reorder quantity may not necessarily be 100 items. The Reorder quantity can be greater than or equal to reorder level. It may depend upon lead time, discount, transportation and average daily consumption.
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/material-request.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/material-request.md
similarity index 85%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/stock/material-request.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/material-request.md
index b886a0b..e1555db 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/material-request.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/material-request.md
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 A Material Request is a simple document identifying a requirement of a set of
 Items (products or services) for a particular reason.
 
-![Workflow](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/material-request-workflow.jpg)
+![Workflow](assets/old_images/erpnext/material-request-workflow.jpg)
 
 To generate a Material Request manually go to:
 
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 
 #### Creating Material Request 
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Material Request" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/buying/material-request.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Material Request" src="assets/img/buying/material-request.png">
 
 A Material Request can be generated:
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/opening-stock.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/opening-stock.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/stock/opening-stock.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/opening-stock.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/projected-quantity.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/projected-quantity.md
similarity index 90%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/stock/projected-quantity.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/projected-quantity.md
index 0d7bd38..0cac9aa 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/projected-quantity.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/projected-quantity.md
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 Having a tight control of the projected inventory is crucial to determine
 shortages and to calculate the right order quantity.
 
-![Projected Quantity Stock Report](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/projected-quantity-stock-report.png)
+![Projected Quantity Stock Report](assets/old_images/erpnext/projected-quantity-stock-report.png)
 
 
 > Projected Qty = Actual Qty + Planned Qty + Requested Qty + Ordered Qty -
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/purchase-receipt.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/purchase-receipt.md
similarity index 96%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/stock/purchase-receipt.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/purchase-receipt.md
index ff7c8ef..0a79b96 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/purchase-receipt.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/purchase-receipt.md
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 
 or from a “Submitted” Purchase Order, by clicking on “Make Purchase Receipt”.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Purchase Receipt" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/stock/purchase-receipt.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Purchase Receipt" src="assets/img/stock/purchase-receipt.png">
 
 ### Rejections
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/purchase-return.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/purchase-return.md
similarity index 67%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/stock/purchase-return.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/purchase-return.md
index 1feb813..df86353 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/purchase-return.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/purchase-return.md
@@ -6,16 +6,16 @@
 
 First open the original Purchase Receipt, against which supplier delivered the items.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Original Purchase Receipt" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/stock/purchase-return-original-purchase-receipt.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Original Purchase Receipt" src="assets/img/stock/purchase-return-original-purchase-receipt.png">
 
 Then click on "Make Purchase Return", it will open a new Purchase Receipt with "Is Return" checked, items and taxes with negative amount.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Return Against Purchase Receipt" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/stock/purchase-return-against-purchase-receipt.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Return Against Purchase Receipt" src="assets/img/stock/purchase-return-against-purchase-receipt.png">
 
 On submission of Return Purchase Return, system will decrease item qty from the mentioned warehouse. To maintain correct stock valuation, stock balance will also go up according to the original purchase rate of the returned items.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Return Stock Ledger" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/stock/purchase-return-stock-ledger.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Return Stock Ledger" src="assets/img/stock/purchase-return-stock-ledger.png">
 
 If Perpetual Inventory enabled, system will also post accounting entry against warehouse account to sync warehouse account balance with stock balance as per Stock Ledger.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Return Stock Ledger" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/stock/purchase-return-general-ledger.png">
\ No newline at end of file
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Return Stock Ledger" src="assets/img/stock/purchase-return-general-ledger.png">
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/sales-return.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/sales-return.md
similarity index 71%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/stock/sales-return.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/sales-return.md
index 83c7fbe..0105820 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/sales-return.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/sales-return.md
@@ -6,22 +6,22 @@
 
 First open the original Delivery Note / Sales Invoice, against which customer returned the items.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Original Delivery Note" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/stock/sales-return-original-delivery-note.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Original Delivery Note" src="assets/img/stock/sales-return-original-delivery-note.png">
 
 Then click on "Make Sales Return", it will open a new Delivery Note with "Is Return" checked, items and taxes with negative amount.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Return Against Delivery Note" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/stock/sales-return-against-delivery-note.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Return Against Delivery Note" src="assets/img/stock/sales-return-against-delivery-note.png">
 
 You can also create the return entry against original Sales Invoice, to return stock along with credit note, check "Update Stock" option in Return Sales Invoice.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Return Against Sales Invoice" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/stock/sales-return-against-sales-invoice.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Return Against Sales Invoice" src="assets/img/stock/sales-return-against-sales-invoice.png">
 
 On submission of Return Delivery Note / Sales Invoice, system will increase stock balance in the mentioned warehouse. To maintain correct stock valuation, stock balance will go up according to the original purchase rate of the returned items.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Return Stock Ledger" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/stock/sales-return-stock-ledger.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Return Stock Ledger" src="assets/img/stock/sales-return-stock-ledger.png">
 
 In case of Return Sales Invoice, Customer account will be credited and associated income and tax account will be debited.
 
 If Perpetual Inventory enabled, system will also post accounting entry against warehouse account to sync warehouse account balance with stock balance as per Stock Ledger.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Return Stock Ledger" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/stock/sales-return-general-ledger.png">
\ No newline at end of file
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Return Stock Ledger" src="assets/img/stock/sales-return-general-ledger.png">
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/serial-no.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/serial-no.md
similarity index 93%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/stock/serial-no.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/serial-no.md
index d714d25..daeb7e1 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/serial-no.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/serial-no.md
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 Invoice). When a new Serial No is created directly, its warehouse cannot be
 set.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Serial Number" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/stock/serial-no.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Serial Number" src="assets/img/stock/serial-no.png">
 
 * The Status is set based on Stock Entry.
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/setup/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/setup/index.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/stock/setup/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/setup/index.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/setup/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/setup/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/stock/setup/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/setup/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/setup/item-attribute.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/setup/item-attribute.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d34f3a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/setup/item-attribute.md
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+You can define Attributes and attribute values for your Item Variants here.
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Attribute Master" src="assets/img/stock/item-attribute.png">
+
+#### Non Numeric Attributes
+
+* For Non Numeric Attributes, specify attributes values along with its abbreviation in the Attribute Value Table.
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Attribute Master" src="assets/img/stock/item-attribute-non-numeric.png">
+
+#### Numeric Attributes
+
+* If your attribute is Numeric, select Numeric Values
+* Specify the Range and the Increment Value
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Attribute Master" src="assets/img/stock/item-attribute-numeric.png">
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/setup/item-group.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/setup/item-group.md
similarity index 64%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/stock/setup/item-group.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/setup/item-group.md
index 5a56ec1..0f8b655 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/setup/item-group.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/setup/item-group.md
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 category. In case, your product is used only in trading, you can categorise it
 under Trading.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Item Group Tree" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/stock/item-group-tree.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Item Group Tree" src="assets/img/stock/item-group-tree.png">
 
 ### Create a Item Group
 
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 
 * Select 'Add Child'
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Add Item Group" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/stock/item-group-new.gif">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Add Item Group" src="assets/img/stock/item-group-new.gif">
 
 ### Delete an Item Group
 
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@
 
 * Select 'delete'
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Add Item Group" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/stock/item-group-del.gif">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Add Item Group" src="assets/img/stock/item-group-del.gif">
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/setup/stock-settings.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/setup/stock-settings.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e79b6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/setup/stock-settings.md
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+You can set default settings for your stock related transactions here.
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Stock Settings" src="assets/img/stock/stock-settings.png">
+
+{next}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/stock-entry.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/stock-entry.md
similarity index 86%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/stock/stock-entry.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/stock-entry.md
index 113163c..f0c88bf 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/stock-entry.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/stock-entry.md
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 
 > Stock > Stock Entry > New
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Stock Entry" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/stock/stock-entry.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Stock Entry" src="assets/img/stock/stock-entry.png">
 
 Stock Entries can be made for the following purposes:
 
@@ -27,15 +27,15 @@
 
 To add additional costs, enter the description and amount of the cost in the Additional Costs table.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Stock Entry Additional Costs" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/stock/additional-costs-table.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Stock Entry Additional Costs" src="assets/img/stock/additional-costs-table.png">
 
 The added additional costs will be distributed among the receiving items (where the target warehouse mentioned) proportionately based on Basic Amount of the items. And the distributed additional cost will be added to the basic rate of the item, to calculate valuation rate.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Stock Entry Item Valuation Rate" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/stock/stock-entry-item-valuation-rate.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Stock Entry Item Valuation Rate" src="assets/img/stock/stock-entry-item-valuation-rate.png">
 
 If perpetual inventory system is enabled, additional costs will be booked in "Expense Included In Valuation" account.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Additional Costs General Ledger" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/stock/additional-costs-general-ledger.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Additional Costs General Ledger" src="assets/img/stock/additional-costs-general-ledger.png">
 
 
 > **Note:** To update Stock from a spreadsheet, see Stock Reconciliation.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/stock-how-to.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/stock-how-to.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/stock/stock-how-to.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/stock-how-to.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/tools/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/tools/index.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/stock/tools/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/tools/index.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/tools/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/tools/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/stock/tools/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/tools/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/tools/landed-cost-voucher.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/tools/landed-cost-voucher.md
similarity index 97%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/stock/tools/landed-cost-voucher.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/tools/landed-cost-voucher.md
index 211011a..d67ff23 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/tools/landed-cost-voucher.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/tools/landed-cost-voucher.md
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 
 In the document, you can select multiple Purchase Receipts and fetch all items from those Purchase Receipts. Then you should add applicable charges in “Taxes and Charges” table. You can easily delete an item if the added charges is not applicable to that item. The added charges are proportionately distributed among all the items based their amount.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Landed Cost Vouher" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/stock/landed-cost.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Landed Cost Vouher" src="assets/img/stock/landed-cost.png">
 
 ### What happend on submission?
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/tools/packing-slip.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/tools/packing-slip.md
similarity index 69%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/stock/tools/packing-slip.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/tools/packing-slip.md
index c2b0c6b..ea21fe2 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/tools/packing-slip.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/tools/packing-slip.md
@@ -2,6 +2,6 @@
 While Shipping a product 'Draft' for Delivery Notes are created.
 You can make a Packing Slip from these Delivery Notes (Draft)
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Packing Slip" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/stock/packing-slip.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Packing Slip" src="assets/img/stock/packing-slip.png">
 
 {next}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/tools/quality-inspection.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/tools/quality-inspection.md
similarity index 60%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/stock/tools/quality-inspection.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/tools/quality-inspection.md
index f76c3f2..020447c 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/tools/quality-inspection.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/tools/quality-inspection.md
@@ -3,6 +3,6 @@
 
 > Stock > Quality Inspection > New
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Quality Inspection" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/stock/quality-inspection.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Quality Inspection" src="assets/img/stock/quality-inspection.png">
 
 {next}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/tools/stock-uom-replace-utility.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/tools/stock-uom-replace-utility.md
similarity index 72%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/stock/tools/stock-uom-replace-utility.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/tools/stock-uom-replace-utility.md
index 9e96b36..d8e92f4 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/tools/stock-uom-replace-utility.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/tools/stock-uom-replace-utility.md
@@ -5,6 +5,6 @@
 You need to select an Item, system fetches the Existing UOM of that item. You can then select the new UOM for that item 
 and specify the conversion factor.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Stock Uom Replace" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/stock/uom-replace.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Stock Uom Replace" src="assets/img/stock/uom-replace.png">
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/warehouse.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/warehouse.md
similarity index 94%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/stock/warehouse.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/warehouse.md
index 5ec786a..ec32215 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/warehouse.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/stock/warehouse.md
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 
 > Stock > Warehouse > New Warehouse
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Warehouse" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/stock/warehouse.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Warehouse" src="assets/img/stock/warehouse.png">
 
 In ERPNext, every Warehouse must belong to a specific company, to maintain
 company wise stock balance. The Warehouses are saved with their respective
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/support/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/support/index.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/support/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/support/index.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/support/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/support/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/support/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/support/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/support/issue.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/support/issue.md
similarity index 94%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/support/issue.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/support/issue.md
index 2e84952..9033a95 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/support/issue.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/support/issue.md
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 
 > Support > Issue > New Issue
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Issue" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/support/issue.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Issue" src="assets/img/support/issue.png">
 
 #### Discussion Thread
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/support/maintenance-schedule.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/support/maintenance-schedule.md
similarity index 90%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/support/maintenance-schedule.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/support/maintenance-schedule.md
index 09cb460..2510da5 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/support/maintenance-schedule.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/support/maintenance-schedule.md
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 
 > Support > Maintenance Schedule > New Maintenance Schedule
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Maintenance Schedule" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/support/maintenance-schedule.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Maintenance Schedule" src="assets/img/support/maintenance-schedule.png">
 
 In the Maintenance Schedule, there are two sections:
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/support/maintenance-visit.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/support/maintenance-visit.md
similarity index 80%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/support/maintenance-visit.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/support/maintenance-visit.md
index f544ead..690c2a8 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/support/maintenance-visit.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/support/maintenance-visit.md
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 
 > Support > Maintenance Visit > New Maintenance Visit
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Maintenance Visit" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/support/maintenance-visit.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Maintenance Visit" src="assets/img/support/maintenance-visit.png">
 
 The Maintenance Visit contains information about the:
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/support/warranty-claim.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/support/warranty-claim.md
similarity index 91%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/support/warranty-claim.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/support/warranty-claim.md
index 4b2250a..8506b3e 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/support/warranty-claim.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/support/warranty-claim.md
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 
 > Support > Warranty Claim > New Warranty Claim
 
-![Warranty Claim](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/support/warranty-claim.png)
+![Warranty Claim](assets/img/support/warranty-claim.png)
 
 If a Customer visit is required to address the issue, you can create a new
 Maintenance Visit record from this.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/website/add-products-to-website.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/add-products-to-website.md
similarity index 70%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/website/add-products-to-website.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/add-products-to-website.md
index 66e27f4..77035c8 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/website/add-products-to-website.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/add-products-to-website.md
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 
 ##### Step 1: Save Image
 
-![Webimage](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/item-webimage.png)
+![Webimage](assets/old_images/erpnext/item-webimage.png)
 
   
 
@@ -17,13 +17,13 @@
 Once the box is checked, the page will display other fields for entering
 information.
 
-![Webimage](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/item-webimage-1.png)
+![Webimage](assets/old_images/erpnext/item-webimage-1.png)
 
   
 
 ##### Step 3: Enter Website Details
 
-![Webimage](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/item-webimage-2.png)
+![Webimage](assets/old_images/erpnext/item-webimage-2.png)
 
 The page name will be generated automatically. Mention the Item-Group under
 which the Item will be displayed.
@@ -37,18 +37,18 @@
 Website'. For Example, if you wish to create a category called 'Bags', create
 a Item Group named Bags.
 
-![Item Group](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/itemgroup-webimage-bags.png)
+![Item Group](assets/old_images/erpnext/itemgroup-webimage-bags.png)
 
 Once the Item Group is created go to the Website Settings page under Website.
 Enter the Label, Url, and Parent Label.
 
-![Item Group](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/itemgroup-website-settings.png)
+![Item Group](assets/old_images/erpnext/itemgroup-website-settings.png)
 
   
 
 #### Webpage labels
 
-![Webpage](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/webpage-labels.png)
+![Webpage](assets/old_images/erpnext/webpage-labels.png)
 
 Add more Items under a particular Item Group.
 
@@ -58,12 +58,12 @@
 check the 'Show in Website'box. The Items will be placed under the Label Bags
 on the Webpage.
 
-![Item Group](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/itemgroup-websettings.png)
+![Item Group](assets/old_images/erpnext/itemgroup-websettings.png)
 
   
 
 Item Group Display
 
-![Item Group Display](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/webpage-itemgroup-display.png)
+![Item Group Display](assets/old_images/erpnext/webpage-itemgroup-display.png)
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/website/blog-post.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/blog-post.md
similarity index 71%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/website/blog-post.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/blog-post.md
index 619c173..043dfde 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/website/blog-post.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/blog-post.md
@@ -8,13 +8,13 @@
 
 > Website > Blog > New Blog
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Blog Post" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/website/blog-post.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Blog Post" src="assets/img/website/blog-post.png">
 
 You can format a blog using the Markdown format.You can also access your blog
 by going to the page “blog.html”.
 
 #### A sample blog-page.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Blog Sample" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/website/blog-sample.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Blog Sample" src="assets/img/website/blog-sample.png">
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/blogger.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/blogger.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ef573d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/blogger.md
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+Blogger is a user who can post blogs. 
+You can mention a shori bio about the blogger and also set a avatar here.
+
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Blogger" src="assets/img/website/blogger.png">
+
+{next}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/website/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/index.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/website/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/index.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/website/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/website/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/website/introduction-to-website.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/introduction-to-website.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/website/introduction-to-website.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/introduction-to-website.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/website/product-listing-on-website.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/product-listing-on-website.md
similarity index 70%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/website/product-listing-on-website.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/product-listing-on-website.md
index cc5ca6d..defd196 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/website/product-listing-on-website.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/product-listing-on-website.md
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 
 ##### Step 1: Save Image
 
-![Webimage](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/item-webimage.png)
+![Webimage](assets/old_images/erpnext/item-webimage.png)
 
   
 
@@ -17,13 +17,13 @@
 Once the box is checked, the page will display other fields for entering
 information.
 
-![Webimage](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/item-webimage-1.png)
+![Webimage](assets/old_images/erpnext/item-webimage-1.png)
 
   
 
 ##### Step 3: Enter Website Details
 
-![Webimage](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/item-webimage-2.png)
+![Webimage](assets/old_images/erpnext/item-webimage-2.png)
 
 The page name will be generated automatically. Mention the Item-Group under
 which the Item will be displayed.
@@ -37,18 +37,18 @@
 Website'. For Example, if you wish to create a category called 'Bags', create
 a Item Group named Bags.
 
-![Item Group](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/itemgroup-webimage-bags.png)
+![Item Group](assets/old_images/erpnext/itemgroup-webimage-bags.png)
 
 Once the Item Group is created go to the Website Settings page under Website.
 Enter the Label, Url, and Parent Label.
 
-![Item Group](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/itemgroup-website-settings.png)
+![Item Group](assets/old_images/erpnext/itemgroup-website-settings.png)
 
   
 
 #### Webpage labels
 
-![Webpage](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/webpage-labels.png)
+![Webpage](assets/old_images/erpnext/webpage-labels.png)
 
 Add more Items under a particular Item Group.
 
@@ -58,11 +58,11 @@
 check the 'Show in Website'box. The Items will be placed under the Label Bags
 on the Webpage.
 
-![Item Group](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/itemgroup-websettings.png)
+![Item Group](assets/old_images/erpnext/itemgroup-websettings.png)
 
   
 
 Item Group Display
 
-![Item Group Display](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/webpage-itemgroup-display.png)
+![Item Group Display](assets/old_images/erpnext/webpage-itemgroup-display.png)
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/website/setup/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/setup/index.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/website/setup/index.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/setup/index.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/website/setup/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/setup/index.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/website/setup/index.txt
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/setup/index.txt
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/website/setup/social-login-keys.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/setup/social-login-keys.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/website/setup/social-login-keys.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/setup/social-login-keys.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/website/setup/website-settings.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/setup/website-settings.md
similarity index 67%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/website/setup/website-settings.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/setup/website-settings.md
index 541d98a..5f86a04 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/website/setup/website-settings.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/setup/website-settings.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 Most of the website related settings can be defined here.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Website Settings" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/website/website-settings.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Website Settings" src="assets/img/website/website-settings.png">
 
 ####Landing Page
 
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 
 Select the theme for the website. You can create new Theme for you website also.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Website Theme" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/website/website-theme.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Website Theme" src="assets/img/website/website-theme.png">
 
 * Select 'create new website theme' if you wish to customize the default website theme.
 
@@ -23,13 +23,13 @@
 You can add a banner/ logo to your website here. Attach the image and click on set banner from Image.
 An HTML code will be generated by the system under Banner HTML.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Banner" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/website/banner.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Banner" src="assets/img/website/banner.png">
 
 ####Top Bar
 
 You can set the menus items in the Top Bar here.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Top Bar" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/website/top-bar.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Top Bar" src="assets/img/website/top-bar.png">
 
  * Similarlly you can also set sidebar and footer links.
  
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 
 You can integrate the website using Google Analytics and enable social media sharing for post shared on the website.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Integrations" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/website/integrations.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Integrations" src="assets/img/website/integrations.png">
 
 * You can disable public signup to your ERPNext account by checking 'disable signup'
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/website/shopping-cart.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/shopping-cart.md
similarity index 74%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/website/shopping-cart.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/shopping-cart.md
index 20be819..8f9235f 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/website/shopping-cart.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/shopping-cart.md
@@ -12,13 +12,13 @@
 
 #### Step 1: Enter Company Details and Default Territory.
 
-![Shopping Cart](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/shopping-cart-1.png)
+![Shopping Cart](assets/old_images/erpnext/shopping-cart-1.png)
 
   
 
 #### Step 2: Enter Price List, Tax Master and Shipping Rule.
 
-![Shopping Cart](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/shopping-cart-2.png)
+![Shopping Cart](assets/old_images/erpnext/shopping-cart-2.png)
 
   
 
@@ -29,13 +29,13 @@
 buy. The Item number will be stored on the right hand corner of the page, next
 to the flower sign.
 
-![Shopping Cart](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/shopping-cart-display-1.png)
+![Shopping Cart](assets/old_images/erpnext/shopping-cart-display-1.png)
 
   
 
 Click on the flower sign on the right hand side to see the cart details. Click
 on the cart to get the final amount details.
 
-![Shopping Cart](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/shopping-cart-display-amount.png)
+![Shopping Cart](assets/old_images/erpnext/shopping-cart-display-amount.png)
 
 {next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/website/styling-the-website.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/styling-the-website.md
similarity index 100%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/website/styling-the-website.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/styling-the-website.md
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/website/web-form.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/web-form.md
similarity index 81%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/website/web-form.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/web-form.md
index 3eb432a..5bffbda 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/website/web-form.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/web-form.md
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
 1. Select if you require the user to login, edit records, manage multiple records etc.
 1. Add the fields you want in the record.
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Web Form" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/website/web-form.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Web Form" src="assets/img/website/web-form.png">
 
 ---
 
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 
 Once you create the web form, you can view it on the url and test it out!
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Web form" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/website/web-form-view.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Web form" src="assets/img/website/web-form-view.png">
 
 ---
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/website/web-page.md b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/web-page.md
similarity index 91%
rename from erpnext/docs/user/website/web-page.md
rename to erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/web-page.md
index 103b1cb..440f8bb 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/website/web-page.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/guides/website/web-page.md
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 
 > Website > Web Page > New
 
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Web Page" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/website/web-page.png">
+<img class="screenshot" alt="Web Page" src="assets/img/website/web-page.png">
 
 #### Title
 
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/employee.md b/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/employee.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 491aa36..0000000
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/employee.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-There are many fields you can add in your Employee records.
-
-To create new Employee go to:
-
-> Human Resources > Employee > New
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Employee" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/human-resources/employee.png">
-
-{next}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/human-resources-reports.md b/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/human-resources-reports.md
deleted file mode 100644
index f73c1ab..0000000
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/human-resources-reports.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-Human Resources Reports
-
-### Employee Leave Balance
-
-Employee Leave Balance Report shows employees and their respective balance leaves under various leave types. Report is generated as per the number of allowed leaves.
-
-<img alt="Employee Leave Balance" class="screenshot" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/human-resources/employee-leave-balance-report.png">
-
-### Employee Birthday
-
-Employee Birthday Report shows Birthdays of your employees.
-
-<img alt="Employee Birthday" class="screenshot" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/human-resources/employee-birthday-report.png">
-
-### Employee Information
-
-Employee Information Report shows Report View of important information recorded in Employee master.
-
-<img alt="Employee Information" class="screenshot" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/human-resources/employee-information-report.png">
-
-### Monthly Salary Register
-
-Monthly Salary Register shows net pay and its components of employee(s) at a glance.
-
-<img alt="Monthly Salary Register" class="screenshot" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/human-resources/monthly-salary-register-report.png">
-
-
-### Monthly Attendance Sheet
-
-Monthly Attendance Sheet shows monthly attendance of selected employee at a glance.
-
-<img alt="Monthly Attendance Sheet" class="screenshot" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/human-resources/monthly-attendance-sheet-report.png">
-
-{next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/job-opening.md b/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/job-opening.md
deleted file mode 100644
index abe0af6..0000000
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/job-opening.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-You can make a record of the open vacancies in your company using Job Opening.
-
-To create a new Job Opening go to 
-
-> Human Resource > Job Opening > New
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Job Opening" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/human-resources/job-opening.png">
-
-
-{next}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/setup/branch.md b/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/setup/branch.md
deleted file mode 100644
index bb982a2..0000000
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/setup/branch.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-Branches of your organization
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Branch" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/human-resources/branch.png">
-
-{next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/setup/department.md b/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/setup/department.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 57aa80f..0000000
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/setup/department.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-Departments in your organization
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Department" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/human-resources/department.png">
-
-{next}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/setup/designation.md b/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/setup/designation.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 1d115f9..0000000
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/setup/designation.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-Designations in your organization
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Designation" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/human-resources/designation.png">
-
-{next}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/setup/earning-type.md b/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/setup/earning-type.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e74db3..0000000
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/setup/earning-type.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-You can make a record of the Salary Components and describe it as Earning Type
-
-To create a new Earning Type
-
-> Human Resource > Setup > Earning Type > New
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Earning Type" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/human-resources/earning-type.png">
-
-
-{next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/setup/employment-type.md b/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/setup/employment-type.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b6f6cd3..0000000
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/setup/employment-type.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-Various employment contracts you have with your employees.
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Employment Type" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/human-resources/employment-type.png">
-
-{next}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/setup/holiday-list.md b/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/setup/holiday-list.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 600c781..0000000
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/setup/holiday-list.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-You can specify the Holidays for a particular year using Holiday List.
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Holiday List" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/human-resources/holiday-list.png">
-
-{next}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/setup/hr-settings.md b/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/setup/hr-settings.md
deleted file mode 100644
index aa7cf6c..0000000
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/setup/hr-settings.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-# HR Settings
-
-GLobal settings for HR related documents
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="HR Settings" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/human-resources/hr-settings.png">
-
-{next}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/tools/leave-allocation-tool.md b/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/tools/leave-allocation-tool.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e9fbf3..0000000
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/tools/leave-allocation-tool.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-Leave Allocation tool helps you allocated a specific number of leaves for your employees.
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Leave Application" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/human-resources/leave-application.png">
-
-{next}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/tools/upload-attendance.md b/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/tools/upload-attendance.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 164460e..0000000
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/human-resources/tools/upload-attendance.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-This tool helps you to upload bulk attendence from a csv file.
-
-To upload the attendance go to:
-
-> Human Resources > Upload Attendance
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Attendence upload" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/human-resources/attendence-upload.png">
-
-{next}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/index.md
index 454b4a8..0394638 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/index.md
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/index.md
@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
-# User Manual
+# User Manual and Videos
 
 {index}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/index.txt b/erpnext/docs/user/index.txt
index d5cf10d..8d9bd8a 100644
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/index.txt
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/index.txt
@@ -1,15 +1,2 @@
-introduction
-setting-up
-accounts
-stock
-CRM
-selling
-buying
-manufacturing
-projects
-support
-human-resources
-customer-portal
-website
-collaboration-tools
-customize-erpnext
+guides
+videos
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/projects/project.md b/erpnext/docs/user/projects/project.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e378d47..0000000
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/projects/project.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-Project management in ERPNext is Task driven. You can create Project and assign multiple Tasks against it.
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Project" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/project/project.png">
-
-### Managing tasks
-Project can be divided into multiple Tasks.
-Task can be created via Project document itself or can be created via  [Task](/contents/projects/tasks)
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Project" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/project/project_task.png">
-
-* To view Task made against a Project click on 'Tasks'
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Project - View Task" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/project/project_view_task.png">
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Project - Task List" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/project/project_task_list.png">
-
-* You can also view the Tasks from the Project document itself
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Project - Task Grid" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/project/project_task_grid.png">
-
-### Managing time
-
-ERPNext uses [Time Log](/contents/projects/time-log) to track the progress of a Project.
-You can create Time Logs against each task.
-The Actual Start and End Time along with the costing shall then be updated based on the Time Log.
-
-* To view Time Log made against a Project click on 'Time Logs'
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Project - View Time Log" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/project/project_view_time_log.png">
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Project - Time Log List" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/project/project_time_log_list.png">
-
-* You can also create a Time Log directlly and link it to the Project.
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Project - Link Time Log" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/project/project_time_log_link.png">
-
-### Managing expenses
-
-You can book [Expense Claim](/contents/human-resources/expense-claim) against a project task.
-The system shall update the total amount from expense claims in the project costing section.
-
-* To view Expense Claims made against a Project click on 'Expense Claims'
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Project - View Expense Claim" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/project/project_view_expense_claim.png">
-
-* You can also create a Expense Claims directlly and link it to the Project.
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Project - Link Expense Claim" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/project/project_expense_claim_link.png">
-
-* Total amount of Expense Claims booked against a project is shown under 'Total Expense Claim' in the Project Costing Section
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Project - Total Expense Claim" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/project/project_total_expense_claim.png">
-
-### Cost Center
-
-You can make a [Cost Center](/contents/accounts/setup/cost-center) against a Project or use an existing cost center to track all expenses made against that project.
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Project - Cost Center" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/project/project_cost_center.png">
-
-###Project Costing
-
-The Project Costing section helps you track the time and expenses incurred against the project.
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Project - Costing" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/project/project_costing.png">
-
-* The Costing Section is updated based on Time Logs made.
-
-* Gross Margin is the difference between Total Costing Amount and Total Billing Amount
-
-###Billing
-
-You can make/link a [Sales Order](/contents/selling/sales-order) against a project. Once linked you can use the standard sales module to bill your customer against the Project.
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Project - Sales Order" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/project/project_sales_order.png">
-
-###Gantt Chart
-
-A Gantt Chart illustrates a project schedule.
-ERPNext gives you a illustrated view of tasks scheduled against that project in Gantt Chart View.
-
-* To view gantt chart against a project, go to that project and click on 'Gantt Chart'
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Project - View Gantt Chart" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/project/project_view_gantt_chart.png">
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Project - Gantt Chart" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/project/project_gantt_chart.png">
-
-{next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/projects/tasks.md b/erpnext/docs/user/projects/tasks.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 49d8250..0000000
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/projects/tasks.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-Project is divided into Tasks. 
-In ERPNext, you can also create a Task independently.
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Task" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/project/task.png">
-
-### Status of the Task
-
-A Task can have either of the following status - Open, Working, Pending Review, Closed, Cancelled.
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Task - Status" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/project/task_status.png">
-
-* By default each new Task created shall have the status set to 'Open'.
-
-* If a Time Log is made against a task, its status shall be set to 'Working'.
-
-### Dependent Task
-
-You can specify a list of dependent task under the 'Depends On' section.
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Depends On" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/project/task_depends_on.png">
-
-* You cannot close the parent Task until all 'Dependant Task' are closed.
-
-* If the Dependent Task are delayed and overlap with the expected Start Date of the Parent task, the system will reschedule the parent task.
-
-### Managing Time
-
-ERPNext uses [Time Log](/contents/projects/time-log) to track the progress of a Task.
-You can create multiple Time Logs against each task.
-The Actual Start and End Time along with the costing shall then be updated based on the Time Log.
-
-* To view Time Log made against a Task click on 'Time Logs'
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Task - View Time Log" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/project/task_view_time_log.png">
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Task - Time Log List" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/project/task_time_log_list.png">
-
-* You can also create a Time Log directlly and link it to the Task.
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Task - Link Time Log" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/project/task_time_log_link.png">
-
-### Managing Expenses
-
-You can book [Expense Claim](/contents/human-resource-management/expense-claim) against a task.
-The system shall update the total amount from expense claims in the costing section.
-
-* To view Expense Claims made against a Task click on 'Expense Claims'
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Task - View Expense Claim" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/project/task_view_expense_claim.png">
-
-* You can also create a Expense Claims directlly and link it to the Task.
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Task - Link Expense Claim" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/project/task_expense_claim_link.png">
-
-* Total amount of Expense Claims booked against a task is shown under 'Total Expense Claim' in the Task Costing Section
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Task - Total Expense Claim" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/project/task_total_expense_claim.png">
-
-{next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/installation-note.md b/erpnext/docs/user/stock/installation-note.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 514f287..0000000
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/installation-note.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-You can use installation note to record the instalation of a product having a serial number.
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Installation Note" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/stock/installation-note.png">
-
-{next}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/item-price.md b/erpnext/docs/user/stock/item-price.md
deleted file mode 100644
index eea33ea..0000000
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/item-price.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-Item Price is the record in which you can log sellig and buying rate of an item.
-
-There are two ways to reach to new Item Price form.
-
-> Selling/Buying/Stock >> Setup >> Item Price >> New Item Price
-
-Or
-
-> Item >> Add/Edit Prices >> Click on "+"  >> New Item Price
-
-Following are the steps to create new Item Price.
-
-Step 1: Select Price List
-
-You can create multiple Price List in ERPNext to track Selling and Buying Price List of an item separtely. Also if item's selling prices id changing based on territory, or due to other criteria, you can create multiple selling Price List for it.
-
-![Item Price list](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/item-price-list.png)
-
-On selection of Price List, its currency and for selling or buying property will be fetched as well.
-
-To have Item Price fetching in the sales or purchase transaction, you should have Price List id selected in the transaction, just above Item table.
-
-Step 2: Select Item
-
-Select item for which Item Price record is to be created. On selection of Item Code, Item Name and Description will be fetched as well.
-
-![Item Price Item](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/item-price-item.png)
-
-Step 3: Enter Rate
-
-Enter selling/buying rate of an item in Price List currency.
-
-![Item Price Rate](/assets/manual_erpnext_com/old_images/erpnext/item-price-rate.png)
-
-Step 4: Save Item Price
-
-To check all Item Price together, go to:
-
-Stock >> Main Report >> Itemwise Price List Rate
-
-You will find option to create new Item Price record (+) in this report as well.
-
-{next}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/setup/item-attribute.md b/erpnext/docs/user/stock/setup/item-attribute.md
deleted file mode 100644
index fc7ea2d..0000000
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/setup/item-attribute.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-You can define Attributes and attribute values for your Item Variants here.
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Attribute Master" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/stock/item-attribute.png">
-
-#### Non Numeric Attributes
-
-* For Non Numeric Attributes, specify attributes values along with its abbreviation in the Attribute Value Table.
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Attribute Master" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/stock/item-attribute-non-numeric.png">
-
-#### Numeric Attributes
-
-* If your attribute is Numeric, select Numeric Values
-* Specify the Range and the Increment Value
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Attribute Master" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/stock/item-attribute-numeric.png">
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/setup/stock-settings.md b/erpnext/docs/user/stock/setup/stock-settings.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b2f7635..0000000
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/stock/setup/stock-settings.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-You can set default settings for your stock related transactions here.
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Stock Settings" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/stock/stock-settings.png">
-
-{next}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/index.md b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/index.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c043c13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/index.md
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+# ERPNext Videos
+
+<h3>
+	<a class="no-decoration" href="/videos/learn">Learn ERPNext</a>
+</h3>
+
+<div class="row">
+    <div class="col-sm-4">
+        <a href="/videos/learn">
+            <img src="assets/img/videos/learn.jpg" class="img-responsive" style="margin-top: 0px;">
+        </a>
+    </div>
+    <div class="col-sm-8">
+        Learn how to setup and use ERPNext in this series of videos that go through important processes step-by-step.
+    </div>
+</div>
+
+---
+
+<h3>
+	<a class="no-decoration" href="https://conf.erpnext.com/2014/videos">Conference Vidoes</a>
+</h3>
+
+<div class="row">
+    <div class="col-sm-4">
+        <a href="https://conf.erpnext.com/2014/videos">
+            <img src="assets/img/videos/conf-2014.jpg" class="img-responsive" style="margin-top: 0px;">
+        </a>
+    </div>
+    <div class="col-sm-8">
+        Watch video presentations from the ERPNext team and users from the 2014 ERPNext Conference.
+        <br><br>
+		<a href="https://conf.erpnext.com">Join us at the ERPNext Conference on October 9th 2015 in Mumbai</a>
+    </div>
+</div>
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/batch-inventory.md b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/batch-inventory.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9bd9229
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/batch-inventory.md
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# Batch Inventory
+
+<iframe width="660" height="371" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/J0QKl7ABPKM" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>
+
+**Duration: 3:46**
+
+Batch inventory allows you to group multiple units of an item, and assign them a unique value/number/tag called Batch No.
+
+This video walks you through creating new Batch, and using it in stock transactions. Each batch can have certain expiry. In the stock module, you can check item's batchwise stock level.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/bill-of-materials.md b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/bill-of-materials.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42695d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/bill-of-materials.md
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# Bill of Material
+
+<iframe width="660" height="371" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/hDV0c1OeWLo" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>
+
+**Duration: 3:27**
+
+The BOM is a list of all materials (either bought or made) and operations that go into a finished product or sub-Item.
+
+This video walks you through creating masters (like Item, Operations, Workstation etc.) required for setting up BOM. Once you have all these masters in place, using them you can create Bill of Materials for the sub-assembly, finished and sub-contracted items.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/chart-of-accounts.md b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/chart-of-accounts.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f71013f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/chart-of-accounts.md
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# Chart of Accounts
+
+<iframe width="660" height="371" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/DyR-DST-PyA" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>
+
+**Duration: 2:26**
+
+This tutorial walks you through setting up Accounts in the Chart of Account master. This is the most crucial master for getting your financial statement and other accounting reports correct.
+
+Chart of Account is a tree structure master which allows user to define parent and child relationship between accounts. Also there are various account types (like Income a/c, Expense a/c, Bank a/c, Tax a/c etc.) which helps you segregate and filter out other accounts while creating transactions.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/customer-and-supplier.md b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/customer-and-supplier.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba0c5b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/customer-and-supplier.md
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# Customer and Supplier
+
+<iframe width="660" height="371" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/anoGi_RpQ20" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>
+
+**Duration: 3:21**
+
+This video demonstrate creating Customer and Suppliers in ERPNext. It also covers setting up masters required for creating Customer and Supplier like Customer Group, Territory and Supplier Type.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/data-import-tool.md b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/data-import-tool.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..10cd00f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/data-import-tool.md
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+# Data Import Tool
+
+<iframe width="660" height="371" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/6wiriRKPhmg" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>
+
+**Duration: 3:24**
+
+This video walks you through on importing data in ERPNext from spreadsheet files. This tools allows you in faster migration of masters and transactions from legacy system into ERPNext. You can also use this tool to export data from ERPNext, and keep it as a backup
+of specific document type.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/email-account.md b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/email-account.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ac4e98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/email-account.md
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# Email Account
+
+<iframe width="660" height="371" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/YFYe0DrB95o" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>
+
+**Duration: 2:27**
+
+This video walks you through setting up Email Account for incoming and outgoing emails. For hosted users, outgoing email gateway is set by default. Based on incoming email, you can have new document (like Issue, Lead etc.) auto-created, and have email received on these id's appended to specified document.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/employee.md b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/employee.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7f78a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/employee.md
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# Employee
+
+<iframe width="660" height="371" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/USfIUdZlUhw" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>
+
+**Duration: 1:59**
+
+This video walks you through adding Employee in ERPNext.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/expense-claim.md b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/expense-claim.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..296a678
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/expense-claim.md
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# Expense Claim
+
+<iframe width="660" height="371" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/5SZHJF--ZFY" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>
+
+**Duration: 2:51**
+
+This tutorial walks you through managing Expense Claims in ERPNext. Employee create first draft of Expense Claim. User with Expense Claim Approver role review Expense Claim submitted by Employee, and update sanctioned amount in it. After Expense Claim is approved/submitted, Journal Entry is created Expense Claim.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/field-customization.md b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/field-customization.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36e2a9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/field-customization.md
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# Field Customization
+
+<iframe width="660" height="371" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/pJhL9mmxV_U" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>
+
+**Duration: 3:10**
+
+This video walks you through various field level customization options.
+
+Using Customize Form tool, you can insert custom field in the forms. Also you can change the property of standard fields like visibility in print format, should field be a mandatory or non-mandatory, should this field always carry unique value etc. Also you can customize location of a field on form.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/index.css b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/index.css
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..025e938
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/index.css
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+.hero-and-content .page-container {
+	max-width: 100%;
+}
+
+.video-list li {
+	margin: 0px;
+	padding: 10px 0px;
+	border-bottom: 1px solid #d1d8dd;
+}
+
+.video-list li:last-child {
+	border-bottom: 0px;
+}
+
+.manual-feedback {
+	display: none;
+}
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/index.html b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/index.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70343a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/index.html
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+<!-- no-sidebar -->
+<!-- no-breadcrumbs -->
+<!-- title: Learn ERPNext -->
+<div style="max-width: 700px; margin: auto;">
+    <div class="row hero" style="padding-top: 50px; border-bottom: 0px;">
+        <div class="col-sm-12 hero-content">
+            <h1>ERPNext Video Tutorials</h1>
+            <p>Step-by-step guides to setting up and using ERPNext</p>
+        </div>
+    </div>
+    <br>
+    <h3>Using ERPNext</h3>
+    <ul class="list-unstyled video-list">
+        <li>
+            <a href="/videos/learn/navigation">
+              User Interface and Navigation</a>
+            <span class="text-muted pull-right">1:17</span>
+        </li>
+    </ul>
+    <br>
+    <h3>Setting Up</h3>
+    <ul class="list-unstyled video-list">
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/setup-wizard">
+            The Setup Wizard</a>
+            <span class="text-muted pull-right">2:28</span>
+        </li>
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/user-and-permission">
+            User and Permissions</a>
+            <span class="text-muted pull-right">4:20</span>
+        </li>
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/data-import-tool">
+            Data Import Tool</a>
+            <span class="text-muted pull-right">3:24</span>
+    </li>
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/printing-and-branding">
+            Printing and Branding</a>
+            <span class="text-muted pull-right">4:00</span>
+        </li>
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/customer-and-supplier">
+            Customer and Supplier</a>
+            <span class="text-muted pull-right">3:21</span>
+        </li>
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/item">
+            Item and Pricing</a>
+            <span class="text-muted pull-right">3:17</span>
+        </li>
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/opening-stock">
+            Opening Stock</a>
+            <span class="text-muted pull-right">2:06</span>
+        </li>
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/opening-account-balances">
+            Opening Account Balances</a>
+            <span class="text-muted pull-right">3:46</span>
+        </li>
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/email-account">
+            Email Account</a>
+            <span class="text-muted pull-right">2:27</span>
+        </li>
+    </ul>
+    <br>
+    <h3>CRM and Sales</h3>
+    <ul class="list-unstyled video-list">
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/lead-to-quotation">
+            Lead to Quotation</a>
+            <span class="text-muted pull-right">2:00</span>
+        </li>
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/sales-cycle">
+            Sales Order to Payment</a>
+              <span class="text-muted pull-right">4:28</span>
+        </li>
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/product-bundle">
+            Product Bundle</a>
+            <span class="text-muted pull-right">2:31</span>
+        </li>
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/newsletter">
+            Newsletter</a>
+            <span class="text-muted pull-right">2:04</span>
+        </li>
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/taxes">
+            Taxes</a>
+            <span class="text-muted pull-right">3:00</span>
+        </li>
+    </ul>
+    <br>
+    <h3>Buying</h3>
+    <ul class="list-unstyled video-list">
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/material-request-to-purchase-order">
+            Material Request to Purchase Order</a>
+            <span class="text-muted pull-right">2:25</span>
+        </li>
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/purchase-cycle">
+            Purchase Order to Payment</a>
+              <span class="text-muted pull-right">3:16</span>
+        </li>
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/taxes">
+            Taxes</a>
+            <span class="text-muted pull-right">3:00</span>
+        </li>
+    </ul>
+    <br>
+    <h3>Stock</h3>
+    <ul class="list-unstyled video-list">
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/item">
+            Item and Pricing</a>
+            <span class="text-muted pull-right">3:17</span>
+        </li>
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/item-variant">
+            Item Variant</a>
+            <span class="text-muted pull-right">2:38</span>
+        </li>
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/opening-stock">
+            Opening Stock</a>
+            <span class="text-muted pull-right">2:06</span>
+        </li>
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/stock-entries">
+            Stock Entries</a>
+              <span class="text-muted pull-right">3:46</span>
+        </li>
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/serialized-inventory">
+            Seriralized Inventory</a>
+            <span class="text-muted pull-right">4:12</span>
+        </li>
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/batch-inventory">
+            Batch Inventory</a>
+            <span class="text-muted pull-right">3:46</span>
+        </li>
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/subcontracting">
+            Managing Subcontracting</a>
+            <span class="text-muted pull-right">4:37</span>
+        </li>
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/quality-inspection">
+            Quality Inspection</a>
+            <span class="text-muted pull-right">2:36</span>
+        </li>
+    </ul>
+    <br>
+    <h3>Accounts</h3>
+    <ul class="list-unstyled video-list">
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/chart-of-accounts">
+            Chart of Accounts</a>
+            <span class="text-muted pull-right">2:26</span>
+        </li>
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/opening-account-balances">
+            Opening Account Balances</a>
+            <span class="text-muted pull-right">3:46</span>
+        </li>
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/taxes">
+            Taxes</a>
+              <span class="text-muted pull-right">3:00</span>
+        </li>
+    </ul>
+    <br>
+    <h3>Manufacturing</h3>
+    <ul class="list-unstyled video-list">
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/bill-of-materials">
+            Bill of Materials</a>
+            <span class="text-muted pull-right">3:27</span>
+        </li>
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/production-planning">
+            Production Planning Tool</a>
+              <span class="text-muted pull-right">1:41</span>
+        </li>
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/production-order">
+            Production Order</a>
+            <span class="text-muted pull-right">2:24</span>
+        </li>
+    </ul>
+    <br>
+    <h3>Human Resource</h3>
+    <ul class="list-unstyled video-list">
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/employee">
+            Employee</a>
+            <span class="text-muted pull-right">1:59</span>
+        </li>
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/processing-payroll">
+            Processing Payroll</a>
+              <span class="text-muted pull-right">4:00</span>
+        </li>
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/leave-management">
+            Leave Management</a>
+            <span class="text-muted pull-right">2:50</span>
+        </li>
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/expense-claim">
+            Expense Claim</a>
+            <span class="text-muted pull-right">2:52</span>
+        </li>
+    </ul>
+    <br>
+    <h3>Retail</h3>
+    <ul class="list-unstyled video-list">
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/point-of-sale">
+            Point of Sale</a>
+            <span class="text-muted pull-right">2:34</span>
+        </li>
+    </ul>
+    <br>
+    <h3>Project</h3>
+    <ul class="list-unstyled video-list">
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/project-and-task">
+            Project and Task</a>
+            <span class="text-muted pull-right">3:52</span>
+        </li>
+    </ul>
+    <br>
+    <h3>Customization</h3>
+    <ul class="list-unstyled video-list">
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/field-customization">
+            Field Customization</a>
+            <span class="text-muted pull-right">3:10</span>
+        </li>
+        <li><a href="/videos/learn/workflow">
+            Workflow</a>
+            <span class="text-muted pull-right">3:38</span>
+        </li>
+    </ul>
+</div>
+<div style="height: 70px;"></div>
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/item-variant.md b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/item-variant.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c171b9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/item-variant.md
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# Item Variant
+
+<iframe width="660" height="371" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/kogIricF40I" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>
+
+**Duration: 2:38**
+
+This video tutorial helps you in setting up Item Attributes (like Size, Lenthg etc.) and creating item variants using these attributes.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/item.md b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/item.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..79d5caf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/item.md
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# Item and Pricing
+
+<iframe width="660" height="371" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/qXaEwld4_Ps" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>
+
+**Duration: 3:17**
+
+This tutorial walks you through managing stock and service item in ERPNext. For each item, you can track its standard selling and buying price using Price List.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/lead-to-quotation.md b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/lead-to-quotation.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dcfef68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/lead-to-quotation.md
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+# Lead to Quotation
+
+<iframe width="660" height="371" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/TxYX4r4JAKA" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>
+
+**Duration: 2:00**
+
+This video walks you through creating Lead in the CRM module. You can convert Lead into Opportunity, one which has good probability of conversion. When customer ask for the Quotation,
+you can fetch Lead and item details from Opportunity to Quotation.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/leave-management.md b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/leave-management.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d4f64b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/leave-management.md
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# Leave Management
+
+<iframe width="660" height="371" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/fc0p_AXebc8" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>
+
+**Duration: 2:49**
+
+This tutorial walks you through leave processing in ERPNext. Firstly, various leaves are allocated to Employees for a year. As and when needed, Employees apply for leave. Their application is reviewed and approved or rejected by Leave Approver. On approval/submission of Leave Application, leave allocated to Employee is reduced.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/material-request-to-purchase-order.md b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/material-request-to-purchase-order.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..506a99a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/material-request-to-purchase-order.md
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# Material Request to Purchase Order
+
+<iframe width="660" height="371" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/4TN9kPyfIqM" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>
+
+**Duration: 2:25**
+
+This video walks you through creating Material Request. To request quotation from Supplier, you can forward Material Request to them. On receipt of quotation from supplier, Material Request's data will be fetched into Supplier Quotation. After evaluating multiple supplier quotations, favorable quotation's is converted into Purchase Order.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/navigation.md b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/navigation.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..40adb82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/navigation.md
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# User Interface and Navigation
+
+<iframe width="660" height="371" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/YDoI2DF4Lmc?list=PL3lFfCEoMxvxDHtYyQFJeUYkWzQpXwFM9" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>
+
+**Duration: 1:17**
+
+This video walks you through using the ERPNext "Desk" interface. The ERPNext User Interface is very web friendly and if you have used a website or mobile app before, the navigation should be very intuitive.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/newsletter.md b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/newsletter.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9896309
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/newsletter.md
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# Newsletter
+
+<iframe width="660" height="371" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/muLKsCrrDRo" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>
+
+**Duration: 2:04**
+
+A newsletter is a short written report that tells about the recent activities of an organization. It is generally sent to members of the organization, potential clients, customers or potential leads.
+
+This video walks you through managing Newsletter List, master containing email id's to whom Newsletter will be sent. You can compose Newsletter using rich text editor, and also in HTML editor.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/opening-account-balances.md b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/opening-account-balances.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..518b892
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/opening-account-balances.md
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# Opening Account Balances
+
+<iframe width="660" height="371" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/kdgM20Q-q68" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>
+
+**Duration: 3:46**
+
+This video walks you through step to update opening account balances in ERPNext. Before updating opening balance for accounts, you should close your financial statements in the previous system. Closing balance of your legacy system should be updated as opening balance in ERPNext.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/opening-stock.md b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/opening-stock.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9715b88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/opening-stock.md
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# Opening Stock
+
+<iframe width="660" height="371" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/0yPgrtfeCTs" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>
+
+**Duration: 2:06**
+
+This tutorial demonstrates updating opening stock balance of an item. Following same steps, you can also reconcile stock of an item with respect to physical stock in a warehouse.
+
+If you maintain serialized inventory, [click here](https://erpnext.com/manual/videos/learn/serialized-inventory) for the tutorial on updating it's opening stock in ERPNext.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/point-of-sale.md b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/point-of-sale.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f6f229
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/point-of-sale.md
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# Point of Sale
+
+<iframe width="660" height="371" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/4WkelWkbP_c" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>
+
+**Duration: 2:34**
+
+Retail transaction has sales, goods delivery and payment happening at the same time. POS (Point of Sale) module in ERPNext allow you creating POS Invoices which manages all the functions involved in retail sales.
+
+This tutorial walks you through setting up POS profile and creating POS invoice in ERPNext. Each billing station can have separate POS profile. This allows in faster and efficient billing at the sales counters.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/printing-and-branding.md b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/printing-and-branding.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..555697d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/printing-and-branding.md
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# Printing and Branding
+
+<iframe width="660" height="371" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/cKZHcx1znMc" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>
+
+**Duration: 3:59**
+
+This video walks you through setting up of masters like your companies Letterhead and Logo.
+This tutorial also covers using tools to customize standard print formats, creating new print
+format, and setting up print headings (Quotation to Proposal) as per your requirement.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/processing-payroll.md b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/processing-payroll.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e858ba6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/processing-payroll.md
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# Processing Payroll
+
+<iframe width="660" height="371" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/apgE-f25Rm0" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>
+
+**Duration: 4:00**
+
+This video walks you through processing payroll for Employees. You can maintain Salary Structure for each Employee. Based on it, you can create Salary Slips individually, or in bulk for all the Employees.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/product-bundle.md b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/product-bundle.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c17456a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/product-bundle.md
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# Product Bundle
+
+<iframe width="660" height="371" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/yk3kPrRyRRc" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>
+
+**Duration: 2:31**
+
+Product Bundle (aka Sales Bill of Material) is a master where you can list items which are bundled together and sold as one item.
+
+This video walks you through setting up items, and creating Product Bundle master using them.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/production-order.md b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/production-order.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd2e30f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/production-order.md
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# Production Order
+
+<iframe width="660" height="371" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/ZotgLyp2YFY" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>
+
+**Duration: 2:24**
+
+Production Order (also called as Work Order) is a document that is given to the manufacturing shop floor by the Production Planner as a signal to produce a certain quantity of a certain Item.
+
+This video walks you through creating Production Order in ERPNext. There will be several entries made against Production Order (like Material Transfer, Manufacture entry, Time Log) to track progress against Production Order.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/production-planning.md b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/production-planning.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ed409b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/production-planning.md
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# Production Planning Tool
+
+<iframe width="660" height="371" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/CzatSl4zJ2Y" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>
+
+**Duration: 1:41**
+
+Production Planning Tool helps you plan production and purchase of Items for a period.
+
+This video walks you through production planning for Sales Order item. Material Planning allows you to check required quantity of raw materials for manufacturing. You can create Material Request for the raw-material items for which sufficient stock is not available. From Production Planning Tool, you can also create Production Order for the finished items.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/project-and-task.md b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/project-and-task.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6be77db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/project-and-task.md
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# Project and Task
+
+<iframe width="660" height="371" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/egxIGwtoKI4" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>
+
+**Duration: 3:52**
+
+This is the tutorial on managing Projects and Task in ERPNext.
+
+Project can be divided into multiple assignable Task. Based on Tasks of a Project, you can check its Gantt Chart view. To track actual time spent on Project or Task, user can create Time Logs.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/purchase-cycle.md b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/purchase-cycle.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..acf7642
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/purchase-cycle.md
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# Purchase Cycle
+
+<iframe width="660" height="371" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/EK65tLdVUDk" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>
+
+**Duration: 3:16**
+
+This video walks you through purchase cycle in ERPNext. Purchase Order can be created directly, or by fetching data from Material Request or Supplier Quotation. When ordered items are received from Supplier, Purchase Receipt is created against Purchase Order. You can create Purchase Invoice from Purchase Order or Purchase Receipt. When making payment to Supplier, Journal Entry will be created against Purchase Invoice.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/quality-inspection.md b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/quality-inspection.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b00a1c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/quality-inspection.md
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# Quality Inspection
+
+<iframe width="660" height="371" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/WmtcF3Y40Fs" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>
+
+**Duration: 2:36**
+
+This video walks you through quality testing and reporting procedure for purchased, manufactured and item which are being delivered.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/sales-cycle.md b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/sales-cycle.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d9b8e13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/sales-cycle.md
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# Sales Cycle
+
+<iframe width="660" height="371" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/7AMq4lqkN4A" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>
+
+**Duration: 4:28**
+
+This video walks you through sales cycle in ERPNext. On receipt of confirmation of order from Customer, Sales Order will be directly. When sales items is shipped to customer, Delivery Note is created against Sales Order. You can create Sales Invoice from Sales Order or Delivery Note.
+
+From Sales Order, you can track complete order like %delivered, %billed and payment status of Sales Invoice.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/serialized-inventory.md b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/serialized-inventory.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e3b97e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/serialized-inventory.md
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# Serialized Inventory
+
+<iframe width="660" height="371" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/gvOVlEwFDAk" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>
+
+**Duration: 4:11**
+
+If an Item is serialized, a Serial Number (Serial No) record is maintained for each unit of that Item. This information is helpful in tracking the location of the Serial No, its warranty and end-of-life (expiry) information.
+
+This video walks you through setting item as serialized item, and creating stock transaction for it. Mostly a high value items are set as serialized item which requires close tracking of its location and warranty expiry.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/setup-wizard.md b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/setup-wizard.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..378cc32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/setup-wizard.md
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+# Setup Wizard
+
+<iframe width="660" height="371" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/oIOf_zCFWKQ" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>
+
+**Duration: 2:28**
+
+After successful setup of ERPNext account, on the first login, you will see Setup Wizard. The Setup Wizard helps you quickly setup your masters like your company, Items, Customer,
+Suppliers and will also setup a basic website with this data.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/stock-entries.md b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/stock-entries.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d31ec9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/stock-entries.md
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# Stock Entries
+
+<iframe width="660" height="371" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/Njt107hlY3I" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>
+
+**Duration: 3:46**
+
+Stock Entry is a stock transaction, used for multiple purposes like inter-warehouse Material Transfer, Material Receipt for updating balance, Material Issue etc.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/subcontracting.md b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/subcontracting.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..331e892
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/subcontracting.md
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# Subcontracting
+
+<iframe width="660" height="371" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/ThiMCC2DtKo" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>
+
+**Duration: 4:36**
+
+Subcontracting is a type of job contract that seeks to outsource certain types of work to other companies.
+
+There are warehouses masters created in order to carryout subcontracting transaction. This video walks you through various steps involved like creating BOM, transfer raw-material to subcontractor, receiving processed goods from subcontractor.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/taxes.md b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/taxes.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..992aa1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/taxes.md
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# Taxes
+
+<iframe width="660" height="371" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/nQ1zZdPgdaQ" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>
+
+**Duration: 3:00**
+
+This video walks you through setting up tax accounts in the Chart of Account. Based on the taxation rules, you can create multiple sales and purchase tax templates in ERPNext.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/user-and-permission.md b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/user-and-permission.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..62d728d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/user-and-permission.md
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# User and Permissions
+
+<iframe width="660" height="371" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/fnBoRhBrwR4" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>
+
+**Duration: 4:20**
+
+This video tutorial walks you through setting up User and their permissions in ERPNext. Role Permission Manager tool allows you to define restricted access for the user, based on various criterion like, value in the specific field on the form, creator of the document etc.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/workflow.md b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/workflow.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a0e0e21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/erpnext/docs/user/videos/learn/workflow.md
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# Workflow
+
+<iframe width="660" height="371" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/yObJUg9FxFs" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen></iframe>
+
+**Duration: 3:37**
+
+This video walks you through setting up Workflow for a document type.
+
+Bydefault, ERPNext has two level verification system for documents, Save and Submit. If you have more than one authority approving document, you can manage it via Workflow. Workflow allow you do define multiple stages through which document will be review and finally get approved, and who will be the approver at each stage.
diff --git a/erpnext/docs/user/website/blogger.md b/erpnext/docs/user/website/blogger.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 1d6b40e..0000000
--- a/erpnext/docs/user/website/blogger.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-Blogger is a user who can post blogs. 
-You can mention a shori bio about the blogger and also set a avatar here.
-
-<img class="screenshot" alt="Blogger" src="/assets/manual_erpnext_com/img/website/blogger.png">
-
-{next}
\ No newline at end of file